big clean-up to the User Guide

[lyx.git] / lib / doc / UserGuide.lyx

#LyX 1.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 221
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
%
% I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected.  If you
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact 
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org

% provides missing characters,
% see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
\usepackage{textcomp}

\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used

  % set fonts for nicer pdf view
  \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
  \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
  \usepackage{mathptmx}
  \usepackage{courier} }
  % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
  % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
  \pagenumbering{roman}
  \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
  \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
    \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
    \myTOC
    \clearpage
    \pagenumbering{arabic} }
 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
 
\else % if dvi or ps is produced

 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}

 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
 \pagenumbering{roman}
 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
   \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
   \myTOC
   \clearpage
   \pagenumbering{arabic} }
   
\fi 
\end_preamble
\options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
\language english
\inputencoding latin1
\fontscheme default
\graphics default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single 
\papersize Default
\paperpackage a4
\use_geometry 0
\use_amsmath 0
\use_natbib 0
\use_numerical_citations 0
\paperorientation portrait
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 3
\paragraph_separation indent
\defskip medskip
\quotes_language english
\quotes_times 2
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default

\layout Title

The LyX User's Guide
\layout Author

by the LyX Team
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard
\noindent 
Principal maintainer of this file is 
\noun on 
Mike Ressler
\noun default 
.
 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX
 Documentation mailing list: 
\family typewriter 
lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\begin_inset Note
collapsed false

\layout Standard

To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package 
\series bold 
hyperref
\series default 
 has to be installed.
\layout Standard

This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}

\end_inset 


\layout Chapter

Introduction
\layout Section

What is LyX?
\layout Standard

LyX is a document preparation system.
 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
 It is unlike most other 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word processors
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
 editing style.
 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, not 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
 not the mechanics.
\layout Standard

This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the 
\emph on 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Introduction
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\emph default 
.
 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
 Yes, we mean now.
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Introduction
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
 the format of all of the manuals.
 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
 of this one.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Introduction
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 describes that, too.
\layout Section

Getting Started
\layout Subsection

Invoking LyX
\layout Standard

Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
 by simply typing 
\family typewriter 
lyx
\family default 
 at the command line.
 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
 names.
 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
 already done that in the 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
 page for LyX.
 Check there for more info.
\layout Standard

There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
\layout Standard

Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
 More on that in a bit.
\layout Subsection

How LyX Looks
\layout Standard

Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
 its window.
 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
 documents.
 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
 of text.
 This is the 
\emph on 
minibuffer
\emph default 
 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
 really means 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

command buffer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 Type 
\family sans 
M-x
\family default 
 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
\layout Standard

Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
 next line.
 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
 only a vertical scrollbar.
\layout Standard

There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
 This, however, is due
 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
 the LyX window.
 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
 this doesn't work for equations yet.
\layout Subsection

HELP!
\layout Standard

First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough or idiot-proof as
 in many commercial applications.
 Patience.
 We're working on it.
\layout Standard

Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
 You can read 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 of the manuals from inside LyX.
 Just select the manual you want read from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
 Here's what one of our authors, 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
, once said about manuals:
\layout Quotation

I hate manuals.
\layout Quotation

Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
 They are aggravating.
 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
 then they should sit down and learn 
\emph on 
before
\emph default 
 they start up a major piece of software.
\layout Quotation

Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
 stupid.
 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
 and intimidated, not stupid.
 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
 - jw
\layout Section

The LyX Interface
\layout Subsection

Basic File Operations
\layout Standard

Under the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
 more advanced operations:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
ew
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
New\SpecialChar ~
from
\bar under 
\SpecialChar ~
T
\bar default 
emplate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
pen
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lose
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ave
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Save\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
evert
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
it
\layout Standard

They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
 a few minor differences.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
New\SpecialChar ~
from
\bar under 
\SpecialChar ~
T
\bar default 
emplate
\family default 
 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
 you for a template to use.
 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
 [see sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}

\end_inset 

]
\layout Standard

Note: There is no 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

default file
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or document named 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Untitled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

scratch.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
evert
\family default 
 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
 time
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
 in LyX also.
 Read 
\emph on 
Extended Features
\emph default 
\SpecialChar \@.

\end_inset 

.
 It will simply reload the document from disk.
 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
 and want to restore it to the last save.
\layout Standard

The second matter of note concerns the commands 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lose
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
it
\family default 
.
 They both feature a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nag box
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to save us all from our own stupidity.
 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
 be informed that there are unsaved files.
\layout Subsection

Basic Editing Features
\layout Standard

Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
 access them.
 We'll start with cut and paste.
\layout Standard

As you might expect, the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
 The basic ones are:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Cut
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Copy
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paste
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ind\SpecialChar ~
&\SpecialChar ~
Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\layout Standard

The first three are self-explanatory.
 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
 That is, the 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 keys also functions as the 
\family sans 
Cut
\family default 
 command.
 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
 it with what you just typed.
 You'll have to do an 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 to get back the lost text.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ind\SpecialChar ~
&\SpecialChar ~
Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\family default 
 item opens the 
\family sans 
Find\SpecialChar ~
&\SpecialChar ~
Replace
\family default 
 dialog.
 The text you want to find goes in the 
\family sans 
Fi
\bar under 
n
\bar default 
d
\family default 
 box.
 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
 Hitting the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
eplace
\family default 
 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the 
\family sans 
Replace\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
w
\bar default 
ith
\family default 
 box.
 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
\layout Standard

Hit 
\family sans 
Replace 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
ll
\family default 
 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Ca
\bar under 
s
\bar default 
e\SpecialChar ~
sensitive
\family default 
 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
 the search word.
 If the toggle is set, searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
Match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will not match the word 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
atch\SpecialChar ~
Word
\family default 
 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
 I.e.
 searching for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
match
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will not match 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
matches
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
matchbox
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, etc.
\layout Subsection

Undo and Redo
\layout Standard

If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
 Select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 to undo some mistake.
 If you accidently undo too much, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

undo the undo.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
 overhead.
 
\layout Standard

Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
 it was last saved, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

changed
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 work on almost everything in LyX.
 They have some quirks, too.
 They won't 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
ndo
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
edo
\family default 
 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
 hopefully appreciate how it works.
\layout Subsection

Basic Mouse Bindings
\layout Standard

We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
 can do with the mouse.
 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
\layout Enumerate

Motion
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Click the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 once anywhere in the edit window.
 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Selecting Text
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Hold down the 
\emph on 
left mouse button
\emph default 
 and drag the mouse.
 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
 Use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Copy
\family default 
 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
\layout Itemize

Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Paste
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Single click 
\emph default 
the
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
left mouse button to open or close any of these.
 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Tables
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Single click
\emph default 
 the right mouse button
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
\end_deeper 
\layout Subsection

Basic Key Bindings
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
 and Emacs.
 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
\layout Standard

Some keys, like 
\family sans 
Page\SpecialChar ~
Up
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Page\SpecialChar ~
Down
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Left
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Right
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Up
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Down
\family default 
, do exactly what you expect them to do.
 Other keys don't:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Tab
\family default 
 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
 If you don't understand this, go read Sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}

\end_inset 

, especially Section\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}

\end_inset 

, right now.
 Yes, right now.
 If you're still confused, look in the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cancel key.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Home
\family default 
\SpecialChar ~
and\SpecialChar ~

\family sans 
End
\family default 
 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
 or end of the file.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
\SpecialChar ~
and\SpecialChar ~

\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 
\emph on 
If
\emph default 
 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System, 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 works as expected and 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
 by that, go read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}

\end_inset 

 immediately.
 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Then there are the modifier keys:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Control-
\family default 
 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
 in combination with:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Backspace
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
, it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Left
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right
\family default 
, it moves by words instead of characters.
\layout Itemize

With 
\family sans 
Home
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
End
\family default 
, it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Shift-
\family default 
 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
 and new cursor positions.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Meta-
\family default 
 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
 Meta key.
 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
 one actually performs the 
\family sans 
Meta-
\family default 
 function.
 This key does many different things, but it also activates the 
\emph on 
menu accelerator keys
\emph default 
.
 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

For example, the sequence 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
M-e\SpecialChar ~
a
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 pastes text.
 Typing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
M-f
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 opens the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

There are also other things bound to the 
\family sans 
Meta-
\family default 
 key, but you'll have to check in the 
\emph on 
Reference
\emph default 
 
\emph on 
manual
\emph default 
 for more info.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
 and any existing keybindings for that action.
 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so 
\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M-p S-A
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means 
\family sans 
Meta-p
\family default 
 followed by a capital 
\family sans 
A
\family default 
.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
S-C-S
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means 
\family sans 
Shift-Control-s
\family default 
.
\layout Section

Using LyX with Other Programs
\layout Subsection

Importing ASCII files
\layout Standard

You can import text from an ASCII file using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
I
\bar default 
mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
scii\SpecialChar ~
text\SpecialChar ~
as\SpecialChar ~
lines
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
I
\bar default 
mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
scii\SpecialChar ~
text\SpecialChar ~
as\SpecialChar ~
paragraphs
\family default 
 options.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
I
\bar default 
mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
scii\SpecialChar ~
text\SpecialChar ~
as_lines
\family default 
 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
I
\bar default 
mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
scii\SpecialChar ~
text\SpecialChar ~
as\SpecialChar ~
paragraphs
\family default 
 preserves paragraphs in text files.
 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
 on one line.
 You used 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
 Using the 
\family sans 
as\SpecialChar ~
paragraphs
\family default 
, LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
 Remember: you must make sure there is a 
\emph on 
completely blank
\emph default 
 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
\layout Subsection

Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Cut
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Copy
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Paste
\family default 
 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
 text with the middle mouse button.
 
\layout Standard

Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
\layout Chapter

LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
\layout Section

Introduction
\layout Standard

If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
 can safely skip this chapter.
 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
 distributed with it.
\layout Standard

If you're installing LyX on your system, 
\emph on 
you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
 
\family sans 
\emph default 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
aTeX\SpecialChar ~
Configuration
\family default 
\emph on 
.

\emph default 
 Do that first.
 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
\end_inset 


\layout Section

Basic LyX Setup
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There are two ways to run LyX.
 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
 Of course, you need root privileges to do that.
 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

install
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 LyX somewhere in your own account.
 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
 are put in the correct places.
\layout Standard

There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
 without resorting to configuration files.
 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several 
\family typewriter 
preferences
\family sans 
 
\family default 
variables.
 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
 which are not seen by LyX.
 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
R
\bar default 
econfigure
\family default 
.
 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
 about what has been found under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
aTeX\SpecialChar ~
Configuration
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
 document-level setting that you can change via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
 taste and save them with the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ave\SpecialChar ~
as\SpecialChar ~
Document\SpecialChar ~
Defaults
\family default 
 button in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\family default 
 dialog.
 This will create a template named 
\family typewriter 
default.lyx
\family default 
 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
\layout Standard

There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc.defaults
\family default 
.
 It will then attempt to read a file called 
\family typewriter 
~/.lyx/preferences
\family default 
 beneath your home directory.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 

\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
linebreak 
\end_inset 

P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
 dialog can be used to change these options; the document 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
 files.
\layout Section

Setting Up the X Keyboard
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

To use LyX properly, you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 set X up correctly.
 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
 Unfortunately, almost nobody bothers to do this, especially those who've
 installed Linux on a PC\SpecialChar \@.
 Administrators of large systems can be guilty of
 this, too, so don't assume that you're safe if you're using a large system.
 Any user can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
\layout Subsection

xmodmap and xkeycaps
\layout Standard

First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
 correctly.
 If you don't have them, install them.
\layout Subsubsection

xmodmap
\layout Standard

This document contains no information on how to use 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\family default 
.
 There is a sample 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file in 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
.
 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap\SpecialChar ~
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
 
\family typewriter 
.cshrc
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
.profile
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
.login
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
.xinitrc
\family default 
 are possible].
\layout Subsubsection

xkeycaps
\layout Standard

This program is a dream come true! It brings up a graphical version of your
 keyboard, allows you to make modifications, and then spits those modifications
 out to the standard output in a form readable by 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap
\family default 
.
 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
\layout Subsection

Modifiers and Mode_switch
\layout Standard

LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
\family sans 
S-
\family default 
], Control [
\family sans 
C-
\family default 
], and Meta [
\family sans 
M-
\family default 
].
 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a 
\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
 keyboard.
 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Control
\family default 
) or as a prefix key.
 Here are some examples of what you can do with a 
\family sans 
Compose
\family default 
 key:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose+e+'
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset 

 é
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose+O+R
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset 

 ®
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose+1+2
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset 

 ½
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Compose+<+<
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
\end_inset 

 «
\layout Standard

This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
 only from time to time.
 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
\layout Subsection

Helpful Hints and Tips
\layout Standard

First, open up two xterminals.
 Use one to edit a new 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file and run 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 from the other.
 Using 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
, remap your keyboard the way you want it.
 There's a button in 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 to output the new keymap.
 Once you hit it, 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps
\family default 
 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
 Just copy and paste all of that into your 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file, and you're done.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

You could also save yourself some typing by executing 
\family typewriter 
xkeycaps > .Xmodmap
\family default 
.
 This will create a usable map file.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
 Try executing the command 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap -v -pm
\family default 
.
 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
 Also try 
\family typewriter 
xmodmap -v -pke | more 
\family default 
to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the 
\family typewriter 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
 file.
\layout Standard

There's one thing you'll need to check.
 Make sure that your 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 keys are 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
 Some programs bind 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 to the same operation.
 Emacs is one.
 Other programs, however, use 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 for different operations.
 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have 
\family sans 
Delete
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
BackSpace
\family default 
 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
\layout Section

LaTeX
\layout Standard

If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 files, you'll need LaTeX.
\layout Standard

In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters, 
\begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
\end_inset 

, which rhymes with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

blech.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 That's how you pronounce 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

TeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [If you're American, just pronounce the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

X
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

k
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and you've got it.]
\end_inset 

 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 format, or Dvi, for short.
 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
 macros.
 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
 is a TeX package.
\layout Standard

Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
\layout Standard

If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
\newline 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}

\end_inset 


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}

\end_inset 


\layout Section

Dvips and Ghostscript
\layout Subsection

What You Need
\layout Standard

There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
 section].
 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
 have them already:
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
dvips
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
xdvi
\layout Itemize


\family typewriter 
ghostview
\layout Standard

The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
 
\end_inset 

 format.
 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
 with LaTeX and should read the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
 document before proceeding further.
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
 nowadays.
 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
 the PostScript through 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
, which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
 every time you print.
 For now, we'll concentrate on 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Dvips
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
 you should configure 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will either 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

print
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
 configured.
 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
 will simply turn 
\family typewriter 
foo.dvi
\family default 
 into 
\family typewriter 
foo.ps
\family default 
.
 Most systems have 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 set up to send output to the default printer.
 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
\layout Standard

If you are not a mood to configure 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
 expect from your printer.
 At least, it will print.
\layout Standard

If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
 on Linux), you should run the program 
\family typewriter 
texconfig
\family default 
.
 To make the name of a new printer recognized by 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 you should then select menu entry 
\family sans 
Dvips
\family default 
, then add.
 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
 function 
\family sans 
Rehash
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 how to automagically convert a 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file into a 
\family typewriter 
.ps
\family default 
 file adapted to printer 
\family typewriter 
foo
\family default 
, you need to have a config-file, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
config.foo
\family default 
,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 lying around somewhere.
 Typically, the 
\family typewriter 
config.*
\family default 
 files for 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will be in 
\family typewriter 
/usr/lib/texmf/dvips
\family default 
 in most TeX distributions.
 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 It'll be there somewhere.
\layout Standard

Typically, there will be at least one config-file: 
\family typewriter 
config.ps
\family default 
.
 This file is the default configuration file, which is 
\emph on 
always
\emph default 
 read by dvips
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
 a file named 
\family typewriter 
ps
\family default 
.
\end_inset 

.
 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
r printer.
 Then create a file 
\family typewriter 
config.foo
\family default 
 containing only the relevant lines.
 
\layout Standard

There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
 There may exist a line that looks like, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
o | lpr
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
].
 Change it to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
o | lpr -Pfoo
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, so that the output is sent by default to printer 
\family typewriter 
foo
\family default 
.
 However, you should probably investigate the entries 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
M
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
D
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
 printer.
 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
 best possible result on your printer.
 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
 printers, 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
 valuable space.
\layout Standard

Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
 To do this, you should launch the 
\family sans 
Preferences
\family default 
 dialog (
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
) and set the entries 
\family sans 
Adapt\SpecialChar ~
output
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Spool\SpecialChar ~
command
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
 printers.
 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
 dialog or with the 
\family typewriter 
PRINTER
\family default 
 environment variable.
 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
 a later section.
 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
 or file from LyX.
 
\layout Standard

If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 as a filter for your print spooler.
 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
\layout Standard

Some people don't seem to like using the 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 plus 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 combination.
 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
 into your printer language.
 You can specify this program in the 
\family sans 
Preferences
\family default 
 dialog, too.
 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 for printing.
 
\layout Subsection

Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
Xdvi
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 are viewers.
 The former handles 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 files, while the later interfaces with 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 to allow you to view PostScript files.
\layout Standard

A quick note on both of these programs.
 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

That means the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
.ps
\family default 
 file, not the files used to make these.
\end_inset 

 changes.
 You can also force an update.
 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
 it.
 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
 features.
\layout Standard

The LyX team recommends using 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 for fine tuning documents.
 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
 you can view the changes.
 Here's an example:
\layout Enumerate

Use 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
\layout Enumerate

Make changes to the document using LyX.
\layout Enumerate

To view those changes, just choose
\family sans 
\bar under 
 V
\bar default 
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
D
\bar default 
VI
\family default 
.
 When LaTeX's all done, click on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window, and voilà! 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 will update itself.
\layout Standard

Now, this doesn't mean 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 is useless.
 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 is better suited to those occasions where you 
\emph on 
must
\emph default 
 view the PostScript version of the document.
 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
 previewing with 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
 There is an alternative to 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 which sports a much better interface: 
\family typewriter 
gv
\family default 
.
 LyX will automatically use it instead of ghostscript if it is available.
\layout Section

The Printer
\layout Standard


\size normal 
Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
 printers set up for your system.
 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
 and configure you
\size default 
r setup 
\size normal 
as described in the last section.
\layout Standard


\size normal 
Those of you using Linux, however, will have a bit more work to do.
 Many people now receive a Linux distribution, such as Red Hat or Slackware,
 on CD-ROM
\size default 
\SpecialChar \@.

\size normal 
 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
 realize that they need to set up their printer.
 
\size default 
If you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a little something
 to help you out with that; check out the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
A Printer Tutorial
\emph default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 chapter in the 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 manual for help.
\layout Chapter

LyX Basics
\layout Section

Document Types
\layout Subsection

Introduction
\layout Standard

Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
 need to decide what 
\emph on 
type
\emph default 
 of document you want to edit.
 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
 numbering schemes, and so on.
 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
 and format the title of your document differently.
\layout Standard

A 
\emph on 
document class
\emph default 
 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
\layout Standard

Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
\layout Subsection


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}

\end_inset 

The Various Document Classes
\layout Subsubsection

Overview
\layout Standard

There are five standard document classes in LyX.
 They are:
\layout Description

Article for basic articles
\layout Description

Report for basic reports
\layout Description

Book for writing a book
\layout Description

Letter for US-style letters
\layout Description

Slides is used to make transparencies
\layout Standard

There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
\layout Description

Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
s
\layout Description

Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
 Mathematical Society].
 There are three amsart layouts available.
 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems, 
\emph on 
etc.
\emph default 
, that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

sequential numbering
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\layout Description

Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
 that you would need to number results.
\layout Description

Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
\layout Description

Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than 
\family sans 
slides
\layout Description

Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
 The SGML-tools
 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
 pages.
\layout Description

Paper for use with the 
\family typewriter 
paper
\family default 
 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
\layout Description

Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
 of America (OSA).
 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
\layout Standard

We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
 here.
 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the 
\emph on 
Extended Editing
\emph default 
 manual.
 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
 of the document classes.
\layout Subsubsection

Selecting a Class
\layout Standard

You can select a class using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
 you may need.
\layout Subsubsection

Properties
\layout Standard

Each class has a default set of options.
 Here's a quick table describing them:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Pagestyle
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Sides
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Columns
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Max.
 sectioning level
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
article
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Section
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
report
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Chapter
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
book
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Headings
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Two
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Chapter
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
letter
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
none
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
linuxdoc
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Section
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
aapaper
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Two
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Two
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Section
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
amsart
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Headings
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Section
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
dinbrief
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Plain
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
none
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
paper
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Headings
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
One
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Section
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There is no default value of 
\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
tra\SpecialChar ~
Options
\family default 
 for any of these classes.
 
\layout Standard

You're probably also wondering what 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Max.
 sectioning level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 means.
 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
 Only two use the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading.
 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
 headings.
 In addition to 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 headings, there are also 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
 headings, 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
 headings, and so on.
 We'll describe these headings fully in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Fine-tuning the Defaults 
\layout Standard

Okay, we know we never told you what most of these 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

default options
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 set by the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
lass
\family default 
 button do.
 That's what this section is for.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
agestyle
\family default 
 This is another list, containing five options.
 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

LaTeX does this part.
\end_inset 


\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Default 
\family default 
Use default pagestyle of current class.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Empty
\family default 
 No page numbers or headings.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Plain
\family default 
 Page numbers only.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Headings
\family default 
 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
 which is the maximum sectioning level.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Fancy
\family default 
 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
 have the 
\family sans 
fancyhdr
\family default 
 package installed.
 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
 To use the full power of this package, you have to resolve to magic codes
 in your preamble.
 Check the documentation for the 
\family sans 
fancyhdr
\family default 
 package for more details.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Sides
\family default 
 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
d pages.
 This way, if you 
\emph on 
do
\emph default 
 have a printer that duplexes
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

i.e.
 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
\end_inset 

, your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

There are two radio buttons here: 
\family sans 
One
\family default 
 for single-sided documents, 
\family sans 
Two
\family default 
 for double-sided documents.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Columns
\family default 
 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
 You can choose, using the toggle buttons, 
\family sans 
One
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Two
\family default 
 for the number of columns.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
 However, there 
\emph on 
will
\emph default 
 be two columns in the generated output.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
E
\bar under 
x
\bar default 
tra\SpecialChar ~
Options
\family default 
 The LaTeX command 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
documentclass
\family default 
 takes several options.
 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
 This text box allows you to enter in others.
 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
 can use.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM


\family sans 
Separation
\family default 
 This has its own section.
 See sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 

 for a description of what this does.
\layout Subsection

Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
\layout Standard

There are several other options to set in the 
\family sans 
Document\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog.
 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
 affect certain features.
 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
 features they affect.
\layout Standard

There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
 we'll describe them here.
 You'll find them in the 
\family sans 
Paper
\family default 
 dialog under the 
\family sans 
Layout
\family default 
 menu:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Orientation
\family default 
 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
andscape
\family default 
 or as 
\family sans 
Po
\bar under 
r
\bar default 
trait
\family default 
.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Papersi
\bar under 
z
\bar default 
e
\family default 
 What size paper to print on.
 The choices are
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Default
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
A3, A4,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
A5
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
B3, B4, B5
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US Letter
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US legal
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
US executive
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Custom
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Some of these settings require you to have the 
\family sans 
geometry
\family default 
 package installed.
 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the 
\family sans 
Paper
\family default 
 dialog.
\layout Subsection

Important Note:
\layout Standard

If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert 
\emph on 
everything
\emph default 
 into the new class.
 That includes the paragraph environments.
 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
 them.
 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
 paragraph environments to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
 the conversion and why it failed.
\layout Section

Paragraph Indentation and Separation
\layout Subsection

Introduction
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\layout Standard

Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographer.
 The 
\emph on 
first
\emph default 
 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
 etc., is 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 indented.
 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX 
\emph on 
will
\emph default 
 print it that way.
 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
 in the preamble.
 [
\emph on 
Editor's Note: I'll insert this info when I get the time.
 - jw
\emph default 
]
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
 pre-coded into LyX.
 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
 LyX takes care of that.
 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
 range.
 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
 of a page, and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
\end_inset 

 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
 LyX gives you the ability to globally change 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 of these pre-coded spacings.
 We'll explain more later.
\layout Subsection

Global Indentation Method
\layout Standard

To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndent
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
S
\bar under 
k
\bar default 
ip
\family default 
 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
\layout Subsection

Fine-Tuning
\layout Standard

You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
 Open the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog and toggle the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
o Indent
\family default 
 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
 by toggling this).
\layout Standard

You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
 Typically, you'll select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ndent
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
S
\bar under 
k
\bar default 
ip
\family default 
 for the entire document and edit away.
\layout Subsection

Changing Line Spacing
\layout Standard

In the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the 
\family sans 
setspace
\family default 
 package installed.
\layout Section

Paragraph Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

The paragraph environments correspond to the various
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
begin{
\family default 
\emph on 
environment
\family typewriter 
\emph default 
} ...
 
\backslash 
end{
\family default 
\emph on 
environment
\family typewriter 
\emph default 
}
\family default 

\newline 
command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
 alien to you, we urge you to read the 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
.
 The 
\emph on 
Tutorial
\emph default 
 also contains many more examples than this section does.
\layout Standard

A paragraph environment is simply a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

container
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
 scheme, labels, and so on.
 Additionally, you can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
 to inherit some of the properties of another.
 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
 days of typewriters.
 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
 document type.
 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
\layout Standard

To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
 end of the toolbar.
 LyX will change the environment of the 
\emph on 
entire
\emph default 
 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
 you select them before choosing the new environment.
 
\layout Standard

Note that hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 will 
\emph on 
typically
\emph default 
 create a new paragraph using the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 We say 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

typically
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 because this isn't always the case.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

If you are in one of these environments:
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
 
\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
vspace{-2ex} 
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\end_inset 


\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quote
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quotation
\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\end_inset 


\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Verse
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Itemize
\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\end_inset 


\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Enumerate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Description
\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
}
\backslash 
parbox[t]{3cm}{
\end_inset 


\layout Itemize


\family sans 
List
\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
}
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, rather than resetting it to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
\end_inset 

 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

].
 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
 use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 instead.
\layout Subsection

Standard
\layout Standard

The default paragraph environment is 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 for most classes.
 It creates a plain paragraph.
 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
 this manual] are in the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

You can nest a paragraph using the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
 in a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Subsection

Document Titles
\layout Standard

A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
 author[s] and a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

footnote
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for thanks or contact information.
 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
 page along with today's date.
 For other types of documents, the title 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
 
\layout Standard

LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
 environments 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
.
 Here's how you use them:
\layout Itemize

Put the title of your document in the 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Itemize

Put the author name in the 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Itemize

If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
 the 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
 environment.
 Note that using this environment is optional.
 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
\layout Standard

Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
 You can use footnotes to insert 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

thanks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or contact information.
\layout Subsection

Headings
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
 9.
\layout Subsubsection

Numbered Headings
\layout Standard

There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
\begin_inset Note
collapsed false

\layout Standard

Why no mention of Part ?
\end_inset 

 They are:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Chapter
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Section
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsection
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Paragraph
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subparagraph
\layout Standard

LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
 You group the book into chapters.
 LyX does similar grouping:
\layout Itemize

Either 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 is the maximum sectioning level.
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
s
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
s are divided into 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
s
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Note:
\emph default 
 not all document types use the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
 In that case, the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 is the top-level heading.
\layout Standard

So, if you use the 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
 that it's in.
 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
 label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

2.5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsubsection

Unnumbered Headings
\layout Standard

There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
 They are:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Section*
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsection*
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
\layout Subsubsection

Changing the Numbering
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
 in the Table of Contents.
 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
 class.
 Certain classes start with 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 and go down to the 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
 level.
 Others start at 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
.
 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
 Most don't number 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
.
 This is something you can change.
\layout Standard

Open the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 You should see a counter labelled 
\family sans 
Section\SpecialChar ~
number\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
 under the 
\family sans 
Extra
\family default 
 tab.
 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
 a section heading.
 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
 here's a table of values and what they do:
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Sec.
 Num.
 Depth
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
LyX numbers these
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
value:
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
section headings:
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
-2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
no numbering of any kind
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
-1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
add 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Parts
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
-0 and 0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
add Chapters
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
add Sections
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
add Subsections
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
add 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Subsubsections
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
add 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Paragraphs
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
5
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family sans 
add 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Subparagraphs
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

0
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will number parts and chapters, while 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
 headings (
\emph on 
e.g.

\emph default 
 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading, and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

0
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 also corresponds to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

no numbering.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There's another counter in the dialog, called 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
contents\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
.
 It works the same way as 
\family sans 
Section\SpecialChar ~
numbering\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
, only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
 Table of Contents.
 This is a great control to have.
 Suppose you wanted to number 
\emph on 
all
\emph default 
 sectioning heading, but you only wanted 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
s, 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
s, and 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
s in the Table of Contents.
 You'd just set 
\family sans 
Section\SpecialChar ~
numbering\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\family sans 
Table of contents\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

2
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and voilà! You're all set.
\layout Subsubsection

Special Information
\layout Standard

The following information applies to 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsection
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsubsection
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subparagraph
\family default 
 as well as 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Subsection*
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\family default 
:
\layout Itemize

You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
\layout Itemize

You can only use inlined math in these environments.
\layout Itemize

You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
\layout Itemize

You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
\layout Standard

As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
 using them everywhere in the manuals.
\layout Subsubsection

Creating an Appendix
\layout Standard

To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\newline 
Start\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
A
\bar default 
ppendix\SpecialChar ~
Here
\family default 
.
 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
\layout Subsection

Quotes and Poetry
\layout Standard

LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
 They are 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
.
 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
 the text they contain.
 They also allow nesting, so you can put a 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 in a 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\layout Standard

There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 when you start a new paragraph.
 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
 to change back to the 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment yourself.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
 time for the differences.
 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 are identical except for one difference: 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 
\emph on 
always
\emph default 
 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\layout Standard

Here's an example of the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Quote

This is in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
 wraps.
 See - no indentation!
\layout Quote

Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
 the other paragraph.
\layout Standard

That ends that example.
 Here's another example, this time in the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Quotation

This is in the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 environment.
 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
 the first line, then 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it 
\emph on 
if
\emph default 
 you were quoting other text.
\layout Quotation

Here's a new paragraph.
 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
\layout Standard

That was our other example.
 As the example notes, 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
 They should put quotes in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 paragraph environment for quoted text.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Verse
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
 Here's an example:
\layout Verse

This is in Verse
\newline 
Which I did not rehearse!
\layout Verse

It could be much worse.
 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
 around.
 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
 indented a bit more than the first.
 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
 So sue me.
\layout Verse

To break a line
\newline 
And make things look fine
\newline 
Use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

As you can see, 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 does not indent both margins.
 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 function, 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Lists
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
 of lists.
 In the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
 In the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
 some general features of all four of them.
\layout Subsubsection

General Features
\layout Standard

The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
 in several ways.
 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
 Hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
 you should use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to break paragraphs.
\layout Standard

You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
 nested.
 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
 you read all of section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 It has the following properties:
\layout Itemize

Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\layout Itemize

The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The items can be any length.
 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list may be in.
\layout Itemize

If you nest an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment inside another 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\layout Itemize

LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
\layout Itemize

See section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Of course, that explanation was also an example of an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 The 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\layout Standard

We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
\layout Itemize

The label for the first level 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 is a large black dot, or bullet.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the second level is a dash.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the third is an asterisk.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back out to the third level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back to the second level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Back to the outermost level.
\layout Standard

These are the default labels for an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 You can customize these labels in the
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
linebreak 
\end_inset 

 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog in the 
\family sans 
Bullets
\family default 
 tab.
\layout Standard

Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
 in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
 Be sure to read it!
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
 It has these properties:
\layout Enumerate

Each item has a numeral as its label.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\layout Enumerate

Each new 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment resets the counter to one.
\layout Enumerate

Like the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
 Items can be any length.
\layout Enumerate

Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
\layout Enumerate

Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
\layout Enumerate

Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Unlike the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 
\emph on 
does
\emph default 
 show the different labels for each item.
 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
:
\layout Enumerate

The first level of an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
\layout Enumerate

Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
 increases.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the third level
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the second level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back to the outermost level.
\layout Standard

Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the 
\emph on 
Extended Features
\emph default 
 manual), however.
 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
 not on the LyX screen.
\layout Standard

There is more to nesting 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments than we've stated here.
 You 
\emph on 
really
\emph default 
 should read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 to learn more about nesting.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Description
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Unlike the previous two environments, the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list has no fixed label.
 Instead, LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of the first line as the label.
 Here's an example:
\layout Description

Example: This is an example of the
\family sans 
 Description
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
 rest of the line.
\layout Standard

Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

uses the first 'word'.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 The 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
 Inside of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
 of an item.
\layout Standard

However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
 of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment? Simple: use a 
\family sans 
Protected Blank
\family default 
.
 [Use either 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Protected\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
B
\bar default 
lank
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu.
 See sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 

 for more info.] Here's an example:
\layout Description

Second\SpecialChar ~
Example: This one shows how to use a 
\family sans 
Protected\SpecialChar ~
Blank
\family default 
 in the label of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list item.
\layout Description

Usage: You should use the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
 that describes it.
 It's not a good idea to use a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
 You're better off using 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and nesting several 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraphs into them.
\layout Description

Nesting: You can, of course, nest 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
 so on.
\layout Standard

Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
 them from the first line.
\layout Subsubsection

The LyX 
\family sans 
List
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
 
\layout Standard

Now, if you jumped here without reading sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}

\end_inset 

-
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}

\end_inset 

, you've goofed.
 The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 create numbered lists.
 That's what 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 does, and it's documented in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}

\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Standard

Like the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 environment the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
 three:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

item\SpecialChar ~
labels LyX uses the first 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of each line as the item label.
 The first 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
 blank as described above.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
 the body of the item text.
 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
 label width plus a little extra space.
 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

label\SpecialChar ~
width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
 If the actual width is larger, then the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

extends
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 into the first line.
 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
 margin of the rest of the item text.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

default\SpecialChar ~
width You can very easily set this default width.
 It's quite painless, actually.
 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment have the same left margin.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

uses You should use the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment the same way you'd use as 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
 it.
 The 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
 layout.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM

nesting You can nest 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
 so on.
 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
 Read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 to learn about nesting.
\layout Standard

As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
\layout Standard

To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
 change.
 You can also simply move the cursor into a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 item if you want to change only its label width.
 Now open the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog and find the 
\family sans 
Label\SpecialChar ~
width
\family default 
 text box.
 The text in the 
\family sans 
Label\SpecialChar ~
width
\family default 
 box determines the default label width.
 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
 here, but you don't need to.
 We recommend using the letter 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 multiple times.
 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
 The default label width in the example 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 is 6 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

s wide.
 Using 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as your unit of width in the 
\family sans 
Label\SpecialChar ~
Width
\family default 
 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
 of 
\family sans 
Label\SpecialChar ~
Width
\family default 
 every time you alter a label in a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

There's yet another feature of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment we need to tell you about.
 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
 You can use additional 
\family sans 
HFills
\family default 
 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
 We'll document 
\family sans 
HFills
\family default 
 later in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 

.
 Here are some examples:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM

Left The default for 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 item labels.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM


\hfill 
Right One 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM


\hfill 
Center
\hfill 
 One 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
\layout Standard

Don't worry if you have no idea what 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s are yet.
 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
 section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

 if you want to use any of these list environments?
\layout Subsection

Letters
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
: An Overview
\layout Standard

Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
 environments called 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
.
 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
 In contrast, you can use the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
 anything in them.
\layout Standard

Of course, you're not limited to using 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 for letters only.
 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
 some European academic papers.
\layout Subsubsection

Usage
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
 for the opening and signature in some countries.
 Similarly, the 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
 Here's an example of each:
\layout Right Address

Right Address
\newline 
WhoAmI
\newline 
WhereAmI
\newline 
When is it? What is today?
\layout Standard

That was 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
.
 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
 Here's an example of the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 environment:
\layout Address

WhoAreYou
\newline 
Where do I send this
\newline 
Your post office and country
\layout Standard

As you can see, both 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
 Speaking of which, if you hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
 the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 This makes sense, however, since 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 is the 
\family typewriter 
break-paragraph
\family default 
 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
 Thus, you'd use 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 [
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
inebreak
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu] to start a new line in an 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 or
\family sans 
 Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Subsection

Academic Writing
\layout Standard

Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
 or list of references.
 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Abstract
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
 Technically, you 
\emph on 
could
\emph default 
 use this environment anywhere, but you really 
\emph on 
should
\emph default 
 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
 Also, don't bother trying to nest 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 in anything else or vice versa.
 It won't work.
 The 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment is only useful in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

report
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document classes [as well as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

amsart,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 which is just a specialized version of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

article
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

].
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document class ignores the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 completely, and it's utterly silly to use 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

letter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 document class.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment does several things for you.
 First, it puts the centered label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 above the text.
 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
 space.
 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
 the subsequent text.
 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
 If your document is in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

report
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
 version of the file.
\layout Standard

Starting a new paragraph by hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 The new paragraph will still be in the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment.
 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
 finish entering the abstract of your document.
\layout Standard

We'd love to give you an example of the 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 class.
 If you've never heard of an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment is used to list references.
 Technically, you 
\emph on 
could
\emph default 
 use this environment anywhere, but you really 
\emph on 
should
\emph default 
 only use it at the end of the document.
 Also, don't bother trying to nest 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 in anything else or vice versa.
 It won't work.
\layout Standard

When you first open a 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Bibliography
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

References,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 depending on the document class.
 The heading is in a large boldface font.
 Each paragraph of the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment is a bibliography entry.
 Thus, hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 Each new paragraph is still in the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Standard

At the 
\emph on 
beginning
\emph default 
 of the 
\emph on 
first line
\emph default 
 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a 
\family sans 
key
\family default 
 and a 
\family sans 
label
\family default 
.
 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
 entry.
 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
 LaTeX.
 We could choose the key 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexguide
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 for that entry.
 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
key
\family default 
 field isn't useless.
 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
C
\bar default 
itation\SpecialChar ~
Reference
\family default 
 command.
 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
 An example of the 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 appears at the end of this document.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

See 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}

\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}

\end_inset 


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
 In the second one, we used the 
\family sans 
T
\bar under 
e
\bar default 
xt\SpecialChar ~
after
\family default 
 field of the citation dialog to add the text 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Chapter 3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The texts 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexguide
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
 of the bibliography entry.
\layout Standard

The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
 LyX.
 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the 
\emph on 
Extended LyX Features
\emph default 
 document.
\layout Subsection

Special Purpose
\layout Standard

There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
\layout Subsubsection


\family sans 
Caption
\family default 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment is the default paragraph environment for 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
.
 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Figure #:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Table #:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, depending on which type of 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 it's in.
 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
 output.
\layout Standard

You can't really nest things into a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment or vice versa.
 Additionally, hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 resets the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
, so a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 can only be a single paragraph.
\layout Standard

You cannot use a 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment outside of a 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Float
\family default 
 or a 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Float
\family default 
.
 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 for more information on 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
.
 
\layout Subsubsection

LyX
\family sans 
-Code
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment is another LyX extension.
 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
 It also treats the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key as a fixed whitespace;
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

In the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment, the 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 key is treated as a 
\family sans 
Protected\SpecialChar ~
Blank
\family default 
 instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_inset 

 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 [the 
\family typewriter 
break-line
\family default 
 function].
 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 breaks paragraphs.
 Note, however, that 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 reset the paragraph environment.
 So, when you finish using the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
 Also, you 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 nest the 
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 environment inside of others.
\layout Standard

There are a few quirks with this environment:
\layout Itemize

You cannot use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
 you can't follow 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 with a 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
].
\layout Itemize

You can't follow a 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 with a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Use a 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
\layout Itemize

Or: use 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
 instead.
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
 You must put at least one 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 in any line you want blank.
 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\layout Itemize

You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 since that will insert 
\emph on 
real
\emph default 
 quotes.
 You get the typewriter double quotes with 
\family sans 
C-"
\family default 
 (or 
\family sans 
C-q
\family default 
 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
\layout Standard

Here's an example:
\layout LyX-Code

#include <stdio.h>
\layout LyX-Code

 
\layout LyX-Code

int main(void)
\layout LyX-Code

{
\layout LyX-Code

    printf("Hello World
\backslash 
n");
\layout LyX-Code

    return 0;
\layout LyX-Code

}
\layout Standard

This is just the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 program.
 
\layout Standard


\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
 rc-files, and so on.
 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
 text as if you used a typewriter.
\layout Subsubsection

Comment
\layout Standard

The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
 document that will not appear in the final output.
 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
 a different color than the rest of the text.
\layout Section

Nesting Environments
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

The Big Deal
\layout Standard

Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

go read Section\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}

\end_inset 

.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
\layout Standard

The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

word\SpecialChar \-
processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 concept.
 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
 screen and bytes in memory.
 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
 and specific properties.
 However, what if you wanted one 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

block
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to inherit some of the properties of another 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

block
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 ? 
\layout Standard

Here's a more specific example: outlines.
 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
 In other words, you have a list 
\emph on 
inside
\emph default 
 of another list, with the inner list 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to item #2:
\layout Enumerate

one
\layout Enumerate

two
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

sublist - item #1
\layout Enumerate

sublist - item #2
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

three
\layout Standard

How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
 you nest one list inside the other.
 
\layout Standard

How to nest an environment is quite simple.
 Select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
ncrease\SpecialChar ~
Environment\SpecialChar ~
Depth
\family default 
 or
\family sans 
\bar under 
 D
\bar default 
ecrease\SpecialChar ~
Environment\SpecialChar ~
Depth
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
 will tell you how far you are nested).
\layout Standard

You can also use the convenient key bindings 
\family sans 
S-M-Left
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
S-M-Right
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard


\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right 
\family default 
are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
\end_inset 

 
\family default 
to change the nesting level.
 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
 paragraph.
\layout Standard

Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
 what happens.
\layout Standard

Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
 about to find out.
 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\layout Subsection

What You Can and Can't Nest
\layout Standard

Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\layout Standard

The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
 can you or can't you.
 There's also the question of how.
 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
 environment into it? A 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

yes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to one of these doesn't guarantee a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

yes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to the other.
\layout Standard

The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
 to nesting.
 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
 of them.
 There is one last type of environment.
 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
 You can't nest anything into them.
\layout Standard

Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
 environments have them:
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both 
\family sans 
Bibliography
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Abstract
\family default 
.
 Also, LyX allows you to nest 
\family sans 
Title
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Author
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Date
\family default 
 into other environments.
 We urge you not to.
 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
 Then again, it may not.
 We don't know for certain.
 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
 environments, so why would you ever want to?
\end_inset 


\layout Description

Unnestable Can't nest them.
 Can't nest into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Part
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Chapter
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Paragraph
\family default 
 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subparagraph
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Part*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Chapter*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Section*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsection*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Subsubsection*
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Bibliography
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Abstract
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Title
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Author
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Date
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Fully\SpecialChar ~
Nestable You can nest them.
 You can nest other things into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Verse
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quote
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Quotation
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Itemize
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Enumerate
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Description
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
List
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
LyX-Code
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
 You can't nest anything into them.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Standard
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
Address
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
 affected by nesting anyhow.
 They are:
\layout Itemize

equations
\layout Itemize

tables
\layout Itemize

figures
\layout Standard

[Note: if you put a figure or a table in a 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
, this is no longer true.
 See below or look in sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 for more info.]
\layout Standard

LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
 in goes.
\layout Standard

On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

paragraph
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of its own, it behaves just like a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

nestable-inside
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 paragraph environment.
 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
 into it.
\layout Standard

Here's an example with a table:
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
a
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
b
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
c
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
d
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
a
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
b
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
c
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
d
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 nested inside (a).
 In fact, it's not nested at all.
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
 item of a new list!
\layout Standard

There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
 deep enough.
 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
\layout Enumerate

Item One
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is (a) and it's nested.
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \added_space_bottom 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
a
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
b
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
c
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
d
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

This is (b).
 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 inside (a).
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Back out again.
\layout Standard

As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
 new list 
\emph on 
inside
\emph default 
 item 1.
 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
 depth!
\layout Standard

Then there are the so-called 
\family sans 
Floats
\family default 
.
 A 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
 have a fixed location.
 It can 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
 
\family sans 
Footnotes
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Margin\SpecialChar ~
Notes
\family default 
 are floats, as are 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
.
 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
 it's in goes.
 However, because a 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
\layout Subsection

Usage and General Features
\layout Standard

Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
 In other words, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

level #6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is the innermost possible depth.
 Here's an example to display what we mean:
\layout Enumerate

level #1 - outermost
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #2
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #3
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

level #4
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

level #5
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

level #6
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
 to produce output for your document.
\end_inset 

 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
 list, or a 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment, and so on.
 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
\layout Standard

There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
 both of them in the example.
 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
 nesting with the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments.
 For example, if we tried to nest another 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 list inside of item 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, we'd get errors.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
 to produce output for your document.
\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Some Examples
\layout Standard

The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
 We have several examples of nested environments.
 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
 them.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#1-a This is the outermost level.
 It's a 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#2-a This is level #2.
 We created it by using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#3-a This is level #3.
 This time, we just hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, then used 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
 twice in a row.
 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
 by hitting 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

This is actually a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment, nested inside of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 So, it's at level #4.
 We did this by hitting 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
, then changing the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
 for the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments!
\layout Standard

Here's another 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#4-a This is level #4.
 We hit 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 and changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
.
 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
 However, we 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
 keep nesting things inside of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
and this is level #6.
 By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#5-b Back to level #5.
 Just hit 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by a 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#4-b After another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by a 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
, we're back at level #4.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#3-b Back to level #3.
 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#2-b Back to level #2.
 
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM

#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
 After this sentence, we'll hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
 and change the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 to end the list.
\layout Standard

There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the 
\family sans 
Description
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
, or even the 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment in place of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
 The example would have worked exactly the same.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #2: Inheritance
\layout LyX-Code

This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
\layout LyX-Code

level.
  Now we'll hit 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p Right
\family default 
, after which, we'll change to the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment, at level #2.
\layout Enumerate

Notice how the nested 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
\family sans 
LyX-Code
\family default 
], but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

We ended this example by hitting 
\family sans 
Return
\family default 
.
 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
 and resetting the nesting depth by using 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
 once.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 Environments
\begin_inset OptArg
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

This is level #1, in an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 paragraph environment.
 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #2.
 We used 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 followed by 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
.
 Now, what happens if we nest an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
 label be? An asterisk?
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

No! It's a bullet.
 This is the 
\emph on 
first
\emph default 
 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, even though it's at level #3.
 So, its label is a bullet.
 [Note: we got here by using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
, then changing the environment to 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
.]
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Here's level #4, produced using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
.
 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
to get to level #5.
 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
.
 Notice the type of numbering! It's 
\emph on 
lowercase Roman
\emph default 
, because we're the 
\emph on 
thirdfold
\emph default 
 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment [i.e.
 we're an
\family sans 
 Enumerate
\family default 
 inside an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 inside an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
].
\layout Enumerate

What happens if we 
\emph on 
don't
\emph default 
 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
 type of numbering does LyX use?
\layout Enumerate

Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\layout Enumerate

Let's use 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
 to decrease the depth after the next 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #4.
 Look what type of label LyX is using!
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

This is level #3.
 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
 numeral as the label.
 Why?!
\layout Enumerate

Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is 
\emph on 
still
\emph default 
 a thirdfold 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
 Notice, however, that LyX 
\emph on 
did
\emph default 
 reset the counter for the label.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
 into the twofold-nested 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environment.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

The same thing happens if we do another 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 
\family sans 
M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
\layout Standard

Lastly, we reset the environment to 
\family sans 
Standard
\family default 
.
 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
 LyX uses for the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environments.
 The number of 
\emph on 
other 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 environments
\emph default 
 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 item.
 The same rule applies for the 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 environment, as well.
\layout Subsubsection

Example #4: Going Bonkers
\layout Enumerate

We're going to go totally nuts now.
 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
 same detail with how we did it.
 [level #1: 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
]
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[
\family sans 
Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right, Standard
\family default 
: level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
 example in brackets someplace.
 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

[
\family sans 
Return, Enumerate
\family default 
: level #1] This is the next item in the list.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Verse

Now we'll add verse.
\newline 
It will get much worse.
\newline 
[
\family sans 
Return, M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right, Verse
\family default 
: level #2]
\layout Verse

Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
\newline 
Bippitey boppitey boo!
\newline 
[
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
]
\layout Verse

Here comes a table for you:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard
\added_space_top 0.3cm \align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
one-fish
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
two-fish
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
red-fish
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
blue-fish
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\end_deeper 
\layout Verse

[
\family sans 
M-Return, Table, M-p\SpecialChar ~
Right
\family default 
 3 times, 
\family sans 
M-Return, Verse, M-p\SpecialChar ~
Left
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

[
\family sans 
Return, Enumerate
\family default 
: level #1] This is another item.
 Note that selecting a 
\family sans 
Table
\family default 
 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
 3 times to put the table inside the 
\family sans 
Verse
\family default 
 environment.
 
\layout Quotation

We're now ending the 
\family sans 
Enumerate
\family default 
 list and changing to 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
.
 We're still at level #1.
 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
 The next set of paragraphs is a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 We'll nest both the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 environments inside of this one, then use another nested 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 for the letter body.
 We'll use 
\family sans 
M-Return
\family default 
 to preserve the depth.
 Remember that you need to use 
\family sans 
C-Return
\family default 
 to create multiple lines inside the 
\family sans 
Address
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Right\SpecialChar ~
Address
\family default 
 environments.
 Here it goes:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Right Address

1234 Nowhere Rd.
\newline 
Moosegroin, MT 00100
\newline 
9-6-96
\layout Address

Dear Mr.\SpecialChar ~
Fizlewitz:
\layout Quotation

We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
 a backlog in our orders for methane.
 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
 as soon as possible.
 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
\layout Quotation

We do, however, now have a special on beef.
 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
 with your order, along with payment.
\layout Quotation

We thank you again for your patience.
\layout Address

Sincerely,
\newline 
Bill Hick
\end_deeper 
\layout Quotation

That ends that example!
\layout Standard

As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
 just a few keystrokes.
 We could have easily nested an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list inside of a 
\family sans 
Quotation
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
, or put a 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 inside of an 
\family sans 
Itemize
\family default 
 list.
 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\layout Section

Fonts and Text Styles
\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
 font to emphasize text, you use an 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 instead.
 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
 details.
\layout Standard

Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
 character styles, 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
.
 The 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style corresponds to an italics font.
 The 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
 styles use to typeset proper names.
 The LyX Team actually hopes to someday have a full set of character styles,
 and to also allow the user to customize which font changes correspond to
 what styles.
 At the moment, though, you'll have to be satisfied with what we've done
 already.
\layout Subsection

Global Options
\layout Standard

You can set the default font from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 There are two options of interest here, 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Font\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
.
 The possible options under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 include 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and a list of fonts available on your system.
 The option 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
default
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

computer modern
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 (cm) or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

European modern
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 (ec).
 Most systems will typically have some version of a Times and Helvetica
 font, with other variants.
 You'll have to examine this for yourself.
\layout Standard

As for the 
\family sans 
Font\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
 option, there are three possible values: 
\family sans 
10
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
11
\family default 
, and 
\family sans 
12
\family default 
.
 Remember, this is the 
\emph on 
base
\emph default 
 font size.
 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
 need to.
 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
\layout Standard

Note that once you choose a new value for 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
onts
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Font\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ize
\family default 
, LyX does 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 change the screen.
 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
 Besides, you have certainly noticed that "Roman" text on the LyX screen
 corresponds to the default font.
\layout Subsection

Using Different Character Styles
\layout Standard

As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
 certain paragraph environments.
 We also mentioned two other character styles, 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
.
 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
 toolbar.
\layout Standard

To activate the 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style, do one of the following:
\layout Itemize

click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
\layout Itemize

use the keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
c
\layout Standard

These commands are all toggles.
 That is, if 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style is already active, they deactivate it.
\layout Standard

One typically uses the 
\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 style for proper names.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\noun on 
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default 
 is the original author of LyX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

A more widely used character style is the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style.
 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style by:
\layout Itemize

clicking on the toolbar button with the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 character on it
\layout Itemize

using the keybindings 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
e
\layout Standard

At the moment, the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
\layout Standard

We've been using the 
\family sans 
Emphasized
\family default 
 style all over the place in this document.
 Here's one more example:
\layout Quotation


\emph on 
Don't overuse character styles!
\layout Standard

It's also a warning in addition to an example.
 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
 the common tendency to overuse character style.
 
\layout Standard

Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
 keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
Space
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Fine-Tuning with the 
\family sans 
Character Layout
\family default 
 dialog
\layout Standard

There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
 gives you a way to create custom character style.
 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
\end_inset 

 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
 from ordinary dialogue.
\layout Standard

Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
 providing you with the power of a printing press.
 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
 The phrase, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 comes to mind.
 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in it.
\layout Standard

Enough complaining.
\layout Standard

To use custom fonts, open the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
tyle
\family default 
 dialog.
 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
 font property which you can choose.
 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select 
\family sans 
No\SpecialChar ~
change
\family default 
, which keeps the current state of that property.
 The item 
\family sans 
Reset
\family default 
 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
 environment.
 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
 environments in a snap.
\layout Standard

The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to 
\family sans 
No\SpecialChar ~
change
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Reset
\family default 
] are:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
amily
\family default 
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 of the font.
 The possible options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Roman
\family default 
 This is the Roman font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default family.
 [keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
r
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Sans\SpecialChar ~
Serif
\family default 
 
\family sans 
This is the Sans Serif font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
s
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Typewriter
\family default 
 
\family typewriter 
This is the Typewriter font family.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
p
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
eries
\family default 
 This corresponds to the print weight.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Medium
\family default 
 This is the Medium font series.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default series.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Bold
\family default 
 
\series bold 
This is the Bold font series.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
b
\family default 
.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
S
\bar under 
h
\bar default 
ape
\family default 
 As the name implies.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Upright
\family default 
 This is the Upright font shape.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default shape.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Italic
\family default 
 
\shape italic 
This 
\family sans 
i
\family default 
s the Italic font shape
\shape default 
\emph on 
.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Slanted
\family default 
 
\shape slanted 
This is the Slanted font shape
\family sans 
 
\family default 
\shape default 
(although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Small\SpecialChar ~
Caps
\family default 
 
\shape smallcaps 
This is the Small caps font shape
\shape default 
\noun on 
.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
Si
\bar under 
z
\bar default 
e
\family default 
 Alters the size of the font.
 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
nal to the default font size.
 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
 what you want to do.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The options [and their keybindings] are:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Tiny
\family default 
 
\size tiny 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
t
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
1
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Smallest 
\family default 
\size scriptsize 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
2]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Smaller 
\family default 
\size footnotesize 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
S
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
3]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Small
\family default 
 
\size small 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
s
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
4]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Normal
\family default 
 This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

It's also the default size.
 [keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
n
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
5]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Large
\family default 
 
\size large 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Large
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
l
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
6]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Larger
\family default 
 
\size larger 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
S-L
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
7]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Largest
\family default 
 
\size largest 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
8]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Huge
\family default 
 
\size huge 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
h
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
9]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Huger
\family default 
 
\size giant 
This is the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font size.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~
H
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-s\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
0]
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

We'll warn you 
\emph on 
yet again
\emph default 
: don't go crazy with this feature.
 You should almost never need to change the font size.
 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
 - use that instead.
 This is here for fine-tuning 
\emph on 
only!
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
isc
\family default 
 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
 Options are:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Emph
\family default 
 
\emph on 
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

This might seem like the same as 
\shape italic 
Italic
\shape default 
, but it is actually a bit different.
 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
 of this 
\emph on 
logical
\emph default 
 property.
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Underbar
\family default 
 
\bar under 
This is text with Underbar on.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

[keybinding = 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
u
\family default 
]
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMM


\family sans 
Noun
\family default 
 
\noun on 
This is text with Noun on.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Like 
\family sans 
Emph
\family default 
, this is a logical attribute.
 For the moment, it is equivalent to 
\family sans 
Small\SpecialChar ~
Caps
\family default 
, but that is bound to change some day.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
 when you couldn't change fonts.
 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
 an underscore character.
 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
 people 
\emph on 
may
\emph default 
 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
 items).
\end_deeper 
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Color 
\family default 
You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
 need to have the 
\family sans 
color 
\family default 
LaTeX package installed.
 Notice that 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 is not able to display these colors.
 Besides 
\family sans 
No\SpecialChar ~
color
\family default 
, which
\family sans 
 
\family default 
is the standard 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

color
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, you can choose between 
\family sans 
Black
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
White
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Red
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Green
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Blue
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Cyan
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
Magenta
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Yellow
\family default 
 text.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000


\family sans 
Language 
\family default 
This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
 the language of the document.
 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
\layout Standard

You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
\layout Standard

Once you've chosen a new character style via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
tyle
\family default 
 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Font
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, or select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
.
 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
 even when the dialog isn't visible.
 
\layout Standard

As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
 use 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
Space
\family default 
.
 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
 (suppose you just sent the shape to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and the series to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

), set the 
\family sans 
Toggle on all these
\family default 
 switch and press 
\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
pply
\family default 
.
 
\layout Standard

We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
 fonts.
 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
 writing.
 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
\layout Section

Printing and Previewing
\layout Subsection

Overview
\layout Standard

Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
 We cover this information in much greater detail in the 
\emph on 
Extended Features
\emph default 
 manual as well.
\layout Standard

LyX uses a program called 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as its backend.
 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LaTeX.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
 This happens in a couple of stages:
\layout Enumerate

First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
 generating a file with the extension, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Enumerate

Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the 
\family typewriter 
.tex
\family default 
 file to produce printable output.
 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a 
\emph on 
device-independent
\emph default 
 file, or DVI for short.
 The actual output is in a file with the extension, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Description

NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
 be a link to these files.
 So don't forget these files if you move your 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to another computer.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Consider the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to be the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

final output.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

You can view 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 files using a program called 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
\layout Enumerate

Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file directly.
\layout Enumerate

Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
 LyX automatically converts the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
 the program 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
 version.
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
\layout Standard

As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
 preview of your document.
 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
 processors.
 The printed result is worth the wait.
 Quality always has its price.
\layout Subsection

Quick Viewing with xdvi
\layout Standard

To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
D
\bar default 
VI
\family default 
.
 Then wait a while.
\layout Standard

When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
.
 You can now look at the results.
 [If you want more info on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 program, see the 
\family typewriter 
man
\family default 
-pages.]
\layout Description

Helpful-Tip: Keep the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
D
\bar default 
VI
\family default 
.
 Now click on the 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 window.
 The 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 program will automatically reread the 
\family typewriter 
.dvi
\family default 
 file and give you an updated view.
\layout Subsection

Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
\layout Standard

In general, using 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
 One reason is fonts.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Note from 
\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
: Another reason is paranoia.
 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}

\end_inset 

 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but 
\family typewriter 
xdvi
\family default 
 won't show this.
 You'll need to use 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
\layout Standard

To view the PostScript version of your document, select 
\family sans 
Pos
\bar under 
t
\bar default 
Script
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\family default 
 menu.
 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
\family typewriter 
 ghostview
\family default 
.
 You can now look at the results.
\layout Standard

You've guessed what the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Pos
\bar under 
t
\bar default 
script
\family default 
 command from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\family default 
 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the 
\family typewriter 
ghostview
\family default 
 window after this command to update the view.
\layout Subsection

Printing the File
\layout Standard

To print a file, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rint
\family default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
 This opens the 
\family sans 
Print
\family default 
 dialog.
\layout Standard

You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\layout Standard

You can set the parameters in the 
\family sans 
Destination
\family default 
 box as follows :
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
rinter
\family default 
 This is the name of the printer to print to.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Note that this printer name isn't for the 
\family typewriter 
lpr
\family default 
 command but for 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
.
 That means 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 has to be configured for this printer name.
 See the section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}

\end_inset 

 or the 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 documentation for details.
 The default printer can also be set in 
\family typewriter 
lyxrc
\family default 
.
\end_inset 

 The printer should understand PostScript files.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMM


\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
ile
\family default 
 The name of a file to print to.
 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
Script format.
 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
 specify the full path.
\layout Standard

Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX, 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer, 
\family typewriter 
ghostscript
\family default 
 have to process your document.
\layout Section

A Few Words about Typography
\layout Subsection

Hyphens and Hyphenation
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

In LyX, the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 character comes in three lengths, often called the 
\emph on 
hyphen
\emph default 
, the 
\emph on 
en dash
\emph default 
, and the 
\emph on 
em dash
\emph default 
:
\layout Enumerate

hyphen
\hfill 
-
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

en dash
\hfill 
--
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
/
\end_inset 

-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

em dash
\hfill 
---
\hfill 
made with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
/
\end_inset 

-
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
/
\end_inset 

-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

minus sign
\hfill 

\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset 


\hfill 
a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 in math mode
\layout Standard

You generate these by using the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 character multiple times in a row.
 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
 output.
\layout Standard

The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
 in math mode and has a length of its own.
 Here are some examples of the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
-
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

 in use:
\layout Enumerate

line- and page-breaks
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
hyphen
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate

From A--Z
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
en dash
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate

Oh --- there's a dash.
\hfill 
(
\emph on 
em dash
\emph default 
)
\layout Enumerate


\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset 


\hfill 
(
\emph on 
minus sign
\emph default 
)
\layout Standard

Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
 there is one in the printed version.
\layout Standard

One last note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
 inserts hyphens in English text.
 (Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words
 in 
\emph on 
some
\emph default 
 other languages.) The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final
 output.
\layout Standard

If, for some reason, LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation
 points manually.
 This is done with the menu item 
\family sans 
Hyphenation\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
oint
\family default 
 under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu.
 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
\layout Subsection

Punctuation Marks
\layout Subsubsection

Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
 LaTeX then adds the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

appropriate amount of space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

: sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
 word.
 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
\layout Standard

Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
 If a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
.
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\layout Standard

Here are some examples of 
\emph on 
correct
\emph default 
 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
\layout Itemize

M.
 Butterfly
\layout Itemize

Don't worry.
 Be happy.
\layout Standard

\SpecialChar \ldots{}
and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\layout Itemize

e.
 g.
 this is too much space!
\layout Itemize

This is I.
 It's okay.
\layout Standard

You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\layout Standard

To fix this problem, use one of the following:
\layout Enumerate

Use a 
\family sans 
Protected\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
B
\bar default 
lank
\family default 
 after lowercase abbreviations (see section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}

\end_inset 

).
\layout Enumerate

Use an 
\family sans 
End\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
sentence\SpecialChar ~
period
\family default 
 found under the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character
\family default 
 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
 This function is also bound to 
\family sans 
C-period
\family default 
 for easy access.
\layout Standard

With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
\layout Itemize

e.\SpecialChar ~
g.\SpecialChar ~
this is too much space!
\layout Itemize

This is I\SpecialChar \@.
 It's okay.
\layout Standard

Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
 of this.
 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
 check out the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
C
\bar under 
h
\bar default 
eck\SpecialChar ~
TeX
\family default 
 feature described in 
\emph on 
Extended Editing
\emph default 
.
\layout Subsubsection

Quotes
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
 and use a closing quote at the end.
 For example, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

open close
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The keyboard character, 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
, generates this automatically.
\layout Standard

You can change the behavior of the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key using the 
\family sans 
Quotes
\family default 
 dialog.
 Choose 
\family sans 
\bar under 
Q
\bar default 
uotes
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 Selecting the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ouble
\family default 
 button makes the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produce the sequence: 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ingle
\family default 
 button, in contrast, makes the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produce: 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset 

'.
\layout Standard

You can also select quotes for different languages via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ype
\family default 
 option.
 There are six choices:
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like this 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

double
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset 

single
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset 


\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset 

 or 'this
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset 


\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset 


\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset 

 
\family default 
Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset 


\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset 


\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMM


\family sans 

\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset 

Text
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset 


\family default 
 Use quotes like 
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset 

 or 
\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset 

this
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Again, this affects what character the 
\family sans 
"
\family default 
 key produces.
\layout Standard

On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
 
\family sans 
C-"
\family default 
.
 This produces: 
\family typewriter 
"
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Ligatures
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
 print them as single characters.
 These groups are known as 
\emph on 
ligatures
\emph default 
.
 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
 too.
 Here are the possible ligatures:
\layout Itemize

ff
\layout Itemize

fi
\layout Itemize

fl
\layout Itemize

ffi
\layout Itemize

ffl
\layout Standard

Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
 While a ligature may be okay in the word, 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

graffiti,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 it looks really weird in compound words, such as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 or the German 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 To break a ligature, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character
\family default 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans 
Ligature\SpecialChar ~
Break.

\family default 
 This changes 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
 happened to end.
 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
 These dangly-bits of text became known as 
\emph on 
widows
\emph default 
 and 
\emph on 
orphans
\emph default 
.
\layout Standard

Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
\layout Standard

There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
 or how you can tweak that behavior.
 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}

\end_inset 

 or\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}

\end_inset 

] may have more information.
 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
\layout Chapter

Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
\begin_inset OptArg
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Tables, Figures, and Notes
\end_inset 


\layout Section

Footnotes
\layout Standard

Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

foldable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
 somewhere else in your text.
 When you insert a footnote with 
\family sans 
\series medium 
\bar under 
I
\bar no 
nsert
\series default 
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\series medium 
F
\bar no 
ootnote, 
\family roman 
you'll first see a 
\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
grey
\family roman 
\series medium 
\bar no 
 box with a
\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
 red
\family roman 
\series medium 
\bar no 
 label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

foot
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 appearing within your text.
 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
 You can enter your text into this box.
 If you click the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
foot
\family roman 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
 
\family roman 
\series medium 
\bar no 
label, the box will 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

fold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 
\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
Clicking on the button again will
\family roman 
\series medium 
\bar no 
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unfold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the footnote.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
\end_inset 

 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
 when it processes your file.
 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
 to stuff in the bottom margin).
\layout Standard

What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
article
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family roman 
 document class or changing the counter
\family default 
 
\family roman 
style.
 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
\family default 
os
\family roman 
e 
\family default 
described in the 
\emph on 
Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
\emph default 
 section of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\emph on 
Extended
\emph default 
 
\emph on 
Features
\emph default 
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\layout Description

NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
 processors.
 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
 tables.
 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
 a neat feature.
\layout Section

Margin Notes
\layout Standard

Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
 When you insert a margin note via 
\family sans 
\series medium 
\bar under 
I
\bar no 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar no 
argin
\series default 
\bar default 
\SpecialChar ~
N
\series medium 
\bar no 
ote
\family default 
\series default 
\bar default 
 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see 
\family roman 
\series medium 
a 
\family default 
\series default 
grey
\family roman 
\series medium 
 box with a 
\family default 
\series default 
red 
\family roman 
\series medium 
label 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 appearing within your text.
\begin_inset Marginal
collapsed false

\layout Standard

This is a margin note.
\end_inset 

 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
 You can enter your text into this box.
 If you click the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\family default 
\series default 
 
\family roman 
\series medium 
label, the box will 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

fold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
\family default 
\series default 
 label again
\family roman 
\series medium 
, thereby 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unfolding
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 the margin note.
\layout Standard

As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
 for margin notes.
 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
 
\layout Section

Figures and Imported Graphics
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
 graphics from other utilities into the document.
 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
 
\layout Standard

Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
 in the document you place them.
 If you need one of these features, see sec.\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

 below.
\layout Standard

To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
 on the toolbar, or select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
G
\bar default 
raphics...
 
\family default 
from the menu.
\layout Standard

A graphics inset will be added to your document and a dialog will appear
 for you to choose the file to load.
 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset Graphics
        filename mobius.eps
        display color
        scale 70
        rotateOrigin center

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
 The 
\family sans 
File
\family default 
 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
 formats are supported automatically).
 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
 box, and scaling.
 Table\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}

\end_inset 

 describes all available units.
 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
 (see the 
\family sans 
Bounding\SpecialChar ~
Box
\family default 
 tab).
 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
 for large figures.
 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the 
\family sans 
Extras
\family default 
 tab.
 You can also set the 
\family sans 
Subfigure
\family default 
 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

).
\layout Subsection

How it works
\layout Standard

LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
 target output format can be created.
 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
t® figures.
 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
 other than use the 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
includegraphics
\family default 
 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
\layout Standard


\begin_inset Float table
placement t
wide false
collapsed true

\layout Caption
\added_space_bottom medskip 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}

\end_inset 

Units for setting the image size
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

unit
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

name/description
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

mm
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

millimetre
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

cm
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

centimetre
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

in
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

inch
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

pt
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

pc
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

sp
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

bp
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

big point (72 bp = 1 in)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

dd
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

didot (72 dd 
\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
\end_inset 

 37.6
\begin_inset Formula $\,$
\end_inset 

mm)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

cc
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

Scale%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of original image width
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

text%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of text width
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

col%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of column width
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

page%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of paper width
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

line%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of line width
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

theight%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of text height
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

pheight%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

% of paper height
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

ex
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

height of letter 
\emph on 
x
\emph default 
 in current font
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

em
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

width of letter 
\emph on 
M
\emph default 
 in current font
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

mu
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\end_inset 


\layout Standard

To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
 figures themselves.
 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
 formats: 
\family typewriter 
bmp
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
gif
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
jpeg
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
pbm
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
pgm
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
ppm
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
tif
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
xbm
\family default 
 whilst the Qt library can also handle 
\family typewriter 
mng
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
png
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
xpm
\family default 
 format figures.
 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
 loadable graphics format.
\layout Standard

It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
 in the 
\family sans 
Converters
\family default 
 section of the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit
\family default 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family sans 
\bar under 
P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
 dialog.
 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's 
\family typewriter 
convert
\family default 
 utility.
 If, after all that, LyX 
\emph on 
still
\emph default 
 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Error converting to loadable format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
 list of known converters.
\layout Standard

This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
 when generating the final document.
 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
 in PostScript® format.
 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
\family typewriter 
 pdf
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
png
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
jpeg
\family default 
 format.
 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
\layout Subsection

Figure Floats
\layout Subsubsection

Using Figure Floats
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
 it preferable to use 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
, which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
 deems necessary for a good fit.
 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
 place a caption on them, using the 
\family sans 
Caption
\family default 
 environment explained in Section\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

To place a 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Float
\family default 
 simply select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Flo
\bar under 
a
\bar default 
t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Figure 
\family default 
from the menu bar.
 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
 above to insert the actual figure.
\layout Standard


\begin_inset Float figure
placement htbp
wide false
collapsed false

\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}

\end_inset 

M.C.
 Escher on acid.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset Graphics
        filename escher-lsd.eps
        display color
        rotateOrigin center

\end_inset 


\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\begin_inset Float figure
placement htbp
wide false
collapsed false

\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset Graphics
        filename platypus.eps
        display color
        rotateOrigin center

\end_inset 


\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}

\end_inset 

A severely distorted platypus in a float.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
 caption.
 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
 the caption and recreate it by selecting the 
\family sans 
Caption 
\family default 
environment after the figure has been inserted.
 This is what we did for figure 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}

\end_inset 

.
 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the 
\family sans 
Figure
\family default 
 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}

\end_inset 

.
 It is preferred to use one 
\family sans 
Figure
\family default 
 per 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
.
 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
\layout Standard

Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 

).
 
\family sans 
Span\SpecialChar ~
columns
\family default 
 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
 one.
\layout Standard

This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
 to it; as you would expect from reading section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

 you can simply insert a 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
abel
\family default 
 in the caption and refer to it using a 
\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ross\SpecialChar ~
Reference
\family default 
 as normal.
 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
 using vague references to 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

the above figure,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
 might not be 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 at all.
 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
 by themselves.
 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
\layout Standard

Note that the caption is used in a 
\family sans 
List\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
F
\bar default 
igures
\family default 
 (as described in Section\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}

\end_inset 

) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
\layout Subsubsection

Float Placement
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Now, the whole idea behind 
\family sans 
Figure\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
 [as well as 
\family sans 
Table\SpecialChar ~
Floats
\family default 
, which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
 for the exact details.
 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
 float.
 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
 You can change these, if you wish, in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 The 
\family sans 
Float\SpecialChar ~
placement
\family default 
 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
 You can place any combination of four letters in the 
\family sans 
Float\SpecialChar ~
placement
\family default 
 box, in any order:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
h
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
here
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
t
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
top
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
b
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
bottom
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
p
\family default 
 for 
\emph on 
page
\layout Standard

The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
\layout Description

Here: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the same point in the text where you put it.
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
\end_deeper 
\layout Description

Top: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the top of the current page.
 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
\layout Description

Bottom: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 at the bottom of the current page.
 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
\layout Description

Page: LyX tries to put the 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
 (or a number of 
\family sans 
Float
\family default 
s) on a page of its own.
\layout Standard

There is some subtlety to how this all works.
 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
h
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
 The default placement list is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
tbp
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

: try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
 on a page by itself.
 If you want LyX to try 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

really hard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
 point; for example 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family sans 
!htbp
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 Here are some example entries and what they do:
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
hbp
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
!hbp
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
tp
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
p
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

Always put figures and tables on their own page.
\end_deeper 
\layout Subsection

XFig and LyX
\layout Standard

One obvious question is 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

how would I create the figures?
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
 If you want to include figures that you have created with 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 there are several ways.
 We recommend the following:
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
 sections.
 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
 available.
 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
 The figure can be manipulated like any other
 EPS figure, as described above.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
 except by hand.
 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
 the next way is recommended.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as LaTeX.
 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
 Therefore you have to set the 
\emph on 
special flag 
\emph default 
for text in XFig.
 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with 
\family typewriter 
xfig\SpecialChar ~
-specialtext
\family default 
.
 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

$H_2$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in 
\family typewriter 
XFig\SpecialChar \@.

\family default 
 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
\family sans 
\bar under 
 I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Chil
\bar under 
d
\bar default 
\SpecialChar ~
Document
\family default 
 (see description in 
\emph on 
Extended Features
\emph default 
) this text will appear as 
\begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
\end_inset 

.
 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
 annoyingly, not all slopes.
 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
 Then 
\family typewriter 
XFig
\family default 
 [
\family typewriter 
transfig
\family default 
, really] will generate two files: 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

the PostScript part 
\family typewriter 
foo.pstex
\family default 
, that contains all painting.
\layout Enumerate

the LaTeX part 
\family typewriter 
foo.pstex_t
\family default 
, that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

If you get an error like 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unknown graphics extension pstex
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
 I think this is a 
\family typewriter 
transfig
\family default 
 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
 Simply add a line like
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
@namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
\layout Standard

in the file 
\family typewriter 
/usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
\family default 
.
 Then add 
\family typewriter 
pstex
\family default 
 to the extension:
\layout Standard


\backslash 
def
\backslash 
Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
\layout Standard

This should fix the whole thing.
 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as 
\family typewriter 
foo.eps
\family default 
 and change the LaTeX part 
\family typewriter 
foo.pstex_t
\family default 
 manually.
 But this is annoying.
 
\end_inset 

 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
 nicer.
\layout Section

Tables
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
\layout Standard

You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able
\family default 
.
 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
 Here's an example:
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
12
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
45
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
98
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
A
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
B
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
multi 
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
C
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

The Table dialog
\layout Standard

You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
 brings up a settings dialog.
 Among these options are:
\layout Itemize

Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
 row in the example above.
 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
 the left line of the column to the right.
\layout Itemize

Text alignment in a column
\layout Itemize

Appending rows and columns
\layout Itemize

Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
\layout Itemize

Multicolumn
\layout Itemize

Setting a fixed width for a column
\layout Itemize

Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
\layout Itemize

Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
\layout Standard

You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
 Try 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\family default 
\bar under 
T
\family sans 
\bar default 
able
\family default 
 when the cursor is inside a table.
 
\layout Standard

Most of these options also work on selections.
 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
 done on all of your selection.
 Note that there is a difference between selecting the 
\emph on 
contents
\emph default 
 of the cell, and the cell itself.
 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
 the contents.
 If you press 
\family sans 
Escape
\family default 
 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
\layout Standard

When you append a row, it is added 
\emph on 
below
\emph default 
 the row containing the cursor.
 Similarly, columns are appended to the 
\emph on 
right
\emph default 
 of the cursor.
 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
 a lot of cutting and pasting.
 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
 
\layout Standard

The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
 For example, in the above table, row 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

B
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

45
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

98.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose 
\family sans 
Multicolumn
\family default 
 from the menu.
 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
 to do this.
\layout Standard

You can also use 
\family sans 
Multicolumn
\family default 
 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
 bottom border lines and text alignment.
 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
x
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
y
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
point a & b
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
103
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
9
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
point b & a
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
599
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
340
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
point abc
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1009
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
52
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series bold 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
point abcd
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
96
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
11
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
 to the right.
 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
\begin_inset Note
collapsed false

\layout Standard

I can make nothing of this explanation.
 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
 in the 
\family sans 
Width
\family default 
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
input-field of the 
\family sans 
Table
\family default 
 dialog.
 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
\layout Standard

If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
 can select the 
\family sans 
Rotate\SpecialChar ~
90°
\family default 
 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
 document style).
 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
 space.
 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
\layout Standard


\emph on 
Note:
\emph default 
 This 
\family sans 
Rotate\SpecialChar ~
90°
\family default 
 option will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 display on screen, and works 
\emph on 
only
\emph default 
 for PostScript output.
 So, if you want to preview them, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Pos
\bar under 
t
\bar default 
script
\family default 
, as 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
D
\bar default 
VI
\family default 
 will not show the table properly.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
<features>
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Description
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 3
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 5
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 6
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 7
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 8
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 9
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Flag 10
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Total
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Desc.\SpecialChar ~
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
7
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Desc.\SpecialChar ~
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
9
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Desc.\SpecialChar ~
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
8
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Desc.\SpecialChar ~
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
6
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Total
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
 
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
30
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

What can be placed inside a table cell?
\layout Standard

Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
 can be placed in the same cell.
 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
 them properly.
 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
 for the cell's paragraph.
\layout Subsection

Cut & Paste in Tables
\layout Standard

Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
 Selection with the mouse or with 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
 using the mouse to select and paste.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
5
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
6
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
7
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
8
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
9
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
5
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
6
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
7
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
 by starting the selection from outside the table.
\layout Subsection

Multiple lines in cells
\layout Standard

It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
 WYSIWYM manner.
 Define a fixed length for the column in the 
\family sans 
Table
\family default 
 dialog.
 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
 length.
 An example:
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
This is a multiline entry in a table.
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
5
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
6
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
This is longer now.
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
7
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
8
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
This is a multiline entry in a table.
 This is longer now.
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
9
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
 margin of the page.
 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
 so might extend below the bottom margin.
 You have these options to resolve this problem:
\layout Enumerate

Split it into two tables.
\layout Enumerate

Select the 
\family sans 
Longtable 
\family default 
button in the 
\family sans 
Table
\family default 
 dialog.
 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
 After doing this, the list of 
\family sans 
Longtable
\family default 
 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
First\SpecialChar ~
header
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Header
\family default 
: The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
 except for the first page, if 
\family sans 
First\SpecialChar ~
header
\family default 
 is defined.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Footer
\family default 
: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
 except for the last page, if 
\family sans 
Last\SpecialChar ~
footer
\family default 
 is defined.
\layout Enumerate


\family sans 
Last\SpecialChar ~
footer
\family default 
: The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\layout Standard

If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
 The others will then be defined as 
\emph on 
empty
\emph default 
.
 In this context, first means first in this order: 
\family sans 
Footer, Last\SpecialChar ~
footer,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
Header,
\family default 
 
\family sans 
First\SpecialChar ~
header.

\family default 
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
See the 
\family typewriter 
TableExamples.lyx
\family default 
 example file to see how this works.

\emph on 
 
\layout Standard

The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
 rows to break the page on as well.
\end_deeper 
\layout Enumerate

A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
\layout Subsection

Table Floats
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
 in the document.
 Using a 
\family sans 
\shape up 
Tabl
\bar under 
e
\bar default 
\SpecialChar ~
Float
\family default 
\shape default 
 from the 
\family sans 
\shape up 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Flo
\shape default 
\bar under 
a
\shape up 
\bar default 
t
\family default 
\shape default 
 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
 exactly where you insert it.
 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

, and is described in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}

\end_inset 

.
 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
 section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

.
 Table 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}

\end_inset 

 is an example of a table float.
\begin_inset Float table
placement htbp
wide false
collapsed true

\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}

\end_inset 

A table float.
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Joe
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Mary
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ted
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
a & b\\
c & d\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\end_inset 

 
\layout Section

Table of Contents and other Listings
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
 you create various 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

Lists,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 such as a Table of Contents.
 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
 at the place where you want the list to appear.
\layout Subsection

The Table of Contents
\layout Standard

In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
\layout Enumerate

Use a document class that includes support (all but 
\family typewriter 
letter
\family default 
).
\layout Enumerate

Set paragraph environments appropriately: 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
(Sub...) Section
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
(Sub...), Paragraph
\family default 
.
 Note that styles with a 
\family sans 
*
\family default 
, like 
\family sans 
Section*
\family default 
, will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 appear in the Table of Contents.
\layout Enumerate

Make sure you set the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ection\SpecialChar ~
number\SpecialChar ~
depth 
\family default 
and 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
contents
\family default 
.
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~
depth
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
Document\SpecialChar ~
Layout
\family default 
 dialog to the appropriate value as described in 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}

\end_inset 


\layout Enumerate

Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
 You'll find it under 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List\SpecialChar ~
/\SpecialChar ~
T
\bar under 
O
\bar default 
C\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
Contents
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
able\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
Contents
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
 You can insert them from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
List\SpecialChar ~
/\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
T
\bar default 
OC
\family default 
 submenu.
 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
\layout Chapter

Mathematical Formulae
\layout Section

Basic Math Editing
\layout Standard

To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
\end_inset 

 on it.
 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
 the corners.
 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro, 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
m
\family default 
, 
\family sans 
M-m\SpecialChar ~
m
\family default 
, or 
\family sans 
C-m
\family default 
 (CUA binding only).
\layout Standard

If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

, there is a special shortcut.
 Just type 
\family sans 
M-m\SpecialChar ~
g\SpecialChar ~
a
\family default 
 to get 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

,
\family sans 
 M-m\SpecialChar ~
g\SpecialChar ~
b
\family default 
 to get 
\begin_inset Formula $\beta$
\end_inset 

, etc.
\layout Standard

Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar ~
Pane
\bar under 
l
\family default 
\bar default 
 dialog, or via 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
.
 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
 somewhere on the screen.
 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
 will insert a formula for you.
\layout Subsection

Navigating a Formula
\layout Standard

The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
 with the arrow keys.
 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
 Pressing 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset 

, or parentheses 
\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset 

, or a matrix 
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset 

).
 Pressing 
\family sans 
Escape
\family default 
 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.

\family sans 
 Tab
\family default 
 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
 For this reason, you have to be careful about using 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
 For example, if you want 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset 

, type 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sqrt
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
then 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
, then
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~

\family typewriter 
2x+1
\family default 
, not 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sqrt
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~
Space\SpecialChar ~

\family typewriter 
2x
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~
Space\SpecialChar ~

\family typewriter 
+
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~
Space\SpecialChar ~

\family typewriter 
1
\family default 
, since in the latter case only the 
\family typewriter 

\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset 


\family default 
 will be under the square root sign, 
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset 

.
 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
 little unlearning.
\layout Standard

You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
 in, such as:
\begin_inset Formula \[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
\lambda_{1}\\
 & \ddots\\
 &  & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]

\end_inset 

If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
\layout Subsection

Selecting Text
\layout Standard

You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press 
\family sans 
Shift 
\family default 
and a cursor movement key to select text.
 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
\layout Subsection

Exponents and Subscripts
\layout Standard

You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
 To get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset 

, type (in Mathed) 
\family typewriter 
x^2
\family default 
 then 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
.
 The final 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
 in the superscript.
 If you type 
\family typewriter 
x^2y
\family default 
, you will get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset 

, to get 
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset 

, type 
\family typewriter 
x^2
\family sans 
 
\family default 
then 
\family sans 
Space 
\family default 
then
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~

\family typewriter 
y
\family default 
.
 Subscripts are similar, to get 
\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset 

, type (in Mathed) 
\family typewriter 
a_1
\family sans 
\SpecialChar ~

\family default 
then
\family sans 
 Space
\family default 
.
 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
 read section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}

\end_inset 

 if you need to alter this.
\layout Subsection

Fractions 
\layout Standard

Create a fraction with either 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
frac
\family sans 
 
\family default 
(in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the 
\family sans 
Math\SpecialChar ~
Panel
\family default 
 dialog or the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu item 
\family sans 
\bar under 
F
\bar default 
raction
\family default 
.
 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
 squares top and bottom.
 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
 To move to the bottom, simply press 
\family sans 
Down
\family default 
.
 To move back up, press 
\family sans 
Up
\family default 
.
 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
\begin_inset Formula \[
\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
2 & 3\\
4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Sums and Integrals 
\layout Standard

Sum (
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset 

) and integral (
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset 

) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
 Sum will automatically place its 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
 when inlined, such as 
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset 

, versus 
\begin_inset Note
collapsed false

\layout Standard

We haven't yet explained what display vs.
 inline means...
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Formula \[
\sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]

\end_inset 

Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in 
\begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
\end_inset 

, versus
\begin_inset Formula \[
\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]

\end_inset 

Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
 in front of the sign and hitting 
\family sans 
M-m l
\family default 
.
 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
 
\layout Standard

Certain other mathematical expressions have this 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

moving limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 feature as addition, such as 
\begin_inset Formula \[
\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]

\end_inset 

which will place the 
\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset 

 underneath the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in display mode, but not in inlined mode, 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset 

.
 Note that the 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset 

 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
lim 
\family default 
in math-mode, or choosing from the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

functions
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 menu in the math panel; see 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Subsection

The Math Panel
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Math\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
anel
\family default 
 dialog (accessible via 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
 details in later sections.
\layout Standard

Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
\layout Subsection

Other Math Symbols 
\layout Standard

Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
; including 
\family sans 
Greek
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
operators
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
relations
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
arrows
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
\end_inset 

, 
\family sans 
large\SpecialChar ~
operators
\family default 
 
\begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
\end_inset 

, and the dreaded 
\family sans 
miscellaneous
\family default 
.
 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
 Society (AMS).
 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
\layout Standard

It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
 In the minibuffer, type 
\family typewriter 
math-insert root
\family default 
.
 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
 Use 
\family sans 
Up
\family default 
 and 
\family sans 
Down
\family default 
 to move between the two boxes.
 You can also use the key binding 
\family sans 
M-m-r
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Altering spacing
\layout Standard

You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
 that LaTeX provides.
 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
 The first thing to do is to type 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
.
 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
 LyX: 
\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
\end_inset 

.
 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
 
\emph on 
Before
\emph default 
 you move the cursor, after typing 
\family sans 
C-Space
\family default 
, if you hit 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
 sizes.
 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
 For example: 
\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset 

, or 
\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset 

.
 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
\layout Subsection

Math functions
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The math panel contains a number of 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

functions
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, such as 
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset 

, 
\emph on 
etc
\emph default 
.
 (you can type them in a formula by typing 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
sin
\family default 
 etc).
 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
 
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset 

, should not be italicized.
 Entering just the letters 
\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset 

 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
 available.
 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
 For example, the expression 
\begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
\end_inset 

 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset 

, the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
 the math-inset is inlined or displayed: 
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
\end_inset 

 versus
\begin_inset Formula \[
\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]

\end_inset 

These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
lim
\family default 
 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
 to improve linespacing).
\layout Subsection

Accents
\layout Standard

In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
 mode.
 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
 That is, you can enter 
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset 

 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
 This is entered by typing 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
hat a
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 in Mathed.
 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
 the various accents:
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
text
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
math
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
example
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
circumflex
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
hat
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
grave
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
grave
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
acute
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
acute
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
umlaut
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ddot
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
tilde
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
tilde
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
dot
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
dot
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
breve
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
breve
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
caron
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
check
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
macron
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
bar
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
---
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
vec
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
 
\family sans 
Decorations
\family default 
 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
 made within a formula too.
\layout Subsection

The math editor for LaTeX users
\layout Standard

Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
 fashion.
 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
 
\family typewriter 
$
\backslash 
alpha$
\family default 
 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
 menus for a symbol.
 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users, 
\noun on 
David Johnson:
\layout Quotation

I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
 to writing TeX.
 As an example, I created this 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

 by typing the following keys: First type
\family typewriter 
 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
m
\family typewriter 
 
\family default 
to enter
\family typewriter 
 math-mode
\family default 
, then type
\family typewriter 
 
\backslash 
alpha
\family sans 
 
\family default 
, then 
\family sans 
Space 
\family default 
and
\family sans 
 Esc
\family default 
.
 As soon as I typed that 
\family sans 
Space
\family default 
 the 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

 was right there on the screen.
 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
M-c\SpecialChar ~
m
\family default 
 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use 
\family sans 
C-m
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
M-m\SpecialChar ~
m
\family default 
), the
\family typewriter 
 
\backslash 
alpha
\family default 
 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
 
\family sans 
Esc
\family default 
 leaves the formula.
 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
\layout Itemize

You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
\layout Itemize

You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
\layout Itemize

All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
 of by LyX, not you
\layout Itemize

You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing 
\family sans 
$
\family default 
 or extra 
\family sans 
{
\family default 
 any more
\layout Itemize

If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like 
\begin_inset Formula $\wp$
\end_inset 

, you can find it in the dialogs
\layout Section

Brackets and decorations
\layout Standard

There are several brackets available through LyX.
 For most purposes, using just the keys 
\family typewriter 
[{]}()|
\backslash 
<>
\family default 
 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
 of brackets, is better using the math panel's 
\family sans 
Delimiter
\family default 
 dialog [see sec.
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}

\end_inset 

].
 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
 matrix such as :
\begin_inset Formula \[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]

\end_inset 

and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
 such as: 
\begin_inset Formula \[
\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]

\end_inset 

or:
\begin_inset Formula \[
f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]

\end_inset 

The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
 by 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
left( blah 
\backslash 
right)
\family default 
 ).
 
\layout Standard

It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
 clicking on the button.
 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
\layout Standard

If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
 the parentheses (that is done by holding the 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
 mouse).
 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
 
\family sans 
Apply
\family default 
.
 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
\layout Standard

If you're trying to enter a LaTeX 
\family typewriter 
{
\family default 
 for grouping, you should read 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Section

Grouping
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

You may need to group a set of symbols.
 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of 
\family typewriter 
{x^y}^z
\family default 
 is different from 
\family typewriter 
x^{y^z}
\family default 
:
\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula \[
{x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

However, trying to type the 
\family typewriter 
}
\family default 
 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
{
\family default 
 then type space.
 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
 The example directly above shows how this works.
\layout Section

Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\layout Standard

Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
 In the 
\family sans 
Math\SpecialChar ~
Panel 
\family default 
there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
 number of rows/columns.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 2 & 3\\
4 & 5 & 6\\
7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]

\end_inset 

The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the 
\family sans 
Shift
\family default 
 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
 matrix).
 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
 The specification is 
\family typewriter 
ccc 
\family default 
by default.
 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
 For example, 
\family typewriter 
lcr
\family default 
 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
 It will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula \[
\begin{array}{lcr}
this & this\, column & this\, column\\
column & has & has\, right\\
has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting 
\family sans 
C-Enter
\family default 
 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath
\family default 
 menu.
\layout Standard

There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
cases
\family default 
 and commutative diagrams.
 Not all of these are supported in LyX.
 However, it is possible to build these structures from a matrix.
\layout Standard

Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
 A formula will automatically switch to an 
\family typewriter 
\series medium 
eqnarray
\family default 
\series default 
 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-E
\series default 
nter
\family default 
.
 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
 equation, is to insert a new line (with 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-Enter
\family default 
\series default 
) immediately.
 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the 
\family sans 
\series medium 
Tab
\family default 
\series default 
 key.
 Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
3 & = & 1+2\\
4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}

\end_inset 

You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
 by hitting 
\family sans 
\series medium 
C-Enter
\family default 
\series default 
 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
 However, LyX will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
 everything in the left side of the line.
 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit 
\family sans 
C-Tab.
 
\family default 
It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit 
\family sans 
C-Tab
\family default 
 again.
 The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

extra
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 insertion points in the line will disappear.
\layout Section

Equation Numbering and Labels
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
 All it takes to change a displayed equation like: 
\begin_inset Formula \[
1+2=3\]

\end_inset 

into the numbered equation :
\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}

\end_inset 

is to go to the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\family default 
 menu, and select the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
abel...

\family default 
 option.
 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
 care of re-numbering the equation.
 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Toggle\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
N
\bar default 
umbering
\family default 
 while the cursor is in the equation, such as: 
\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
1+1=2.\end{equation}

\end_inset 

You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
 (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}

\end_inset 

)) by using the 
\family sans 
Cross-Reference
\family default 
 dialog, which you open using 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
C
\bar default 
ross-Reference...
\family default 
\SpecialChar ~
.
\layout Standard

For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
 lines are numbered separately.
 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
 receive a label of #.
 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
 like (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}

\end_inset 

) below.
\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset 

You can turn off numbering of a specific line with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
M
\bar default 
ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Toggle\SpecialChar ~

\bar under 
n
\bar default 
umbering\SpecialChar ~
of\SpecialChar ~
line
\family default 
 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
 This also toggles.
 For example :
\begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
2 & = & 7-5\\
1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}

\end_inset 

Note that the first equation in this set (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}

\end_inset 

) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
 and the last (
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}

\end_inset 

) is again labelled.
 
\layout Section

User defined macros in math mode
\layout Standard

LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
 the macro in blue (math color).
 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
 Just try it:
\begin_inset FormulaMacro 
\newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
\end_inset 

 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
 written during export as LaTeX.
 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
 macro's expansion on screen.
 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
\layout Standard

Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
 in this case 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macro
\family default 
, and it will be automatically expanded: 
\begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
\end_inset 

.
 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
 is 
\family typewriter 
c = 
\backslash 
macro.
\layout Standard

However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
 
\emph on 
arguments
\emph default 
.
 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a 
\family typewriter 
#
\family default 
 followed by the argument number:
\begin_inset FormulaMacro 
\newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
 that you can insert there whatever you want: 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg = 
\begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
\end_inset 


\family default 
.
 Example: 
\begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
\end_inset 

.
 
\layout Standard

When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
\newline 

\family typewriter 

\backslash 
newcommand{
\backslash 
macrowarg}[1]{2+
\backslash 
sqrt{#1}}
\layout Subsection

How to create macros
\layout Standard

To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
\layout Standard

For example, 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macro
\family default 
 was created with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro macro
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg
\family default 
 was created with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro macrowarg 1
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
\newline 

\family typewriter 
#<number>
\family default 
 or use 
\family typewriter 
math-macro-arg <number>
\layout Standard

The argument mark in 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
macrowarg
\family default 
 was introduced with 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
math-macro-arg 1
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
 can be edited only once.
\layout Subsection

How to navigate in macros
\layout Description

With\SpecialChar ~
the\SpecialChar ~
arrow\SpecialChar ~
keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
 right side of the macro.
\layout Description

With\SpecialChar ~
the\SpecialChar ~
mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
\layout Standard

Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
 macros.
\layout Section

Fine-Tuning
\layout Subsection

Typefaces
\layout Standard

You can use various typefaces in a formula.
 The standard font for text is italic, 
\begin_inset Formula $text$
\end_inset 

, but for numbers the standard is Roman.
 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

Font
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

LaTeX Command
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\shape up 
\size normal 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathrm
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathbf
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathit
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\shape up 
\size normal 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathtt
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathbb
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathfrak
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\shape up 
\size normal 
\emph on 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mathcal
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\backslash 

\family typewriter 
mathsf
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
 letters.
\layout Standard

For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
 style after one character.
 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
 font.
 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
 will 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
\layout Standard

It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
 symbols.
 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
 It will print
 correctly, though.
 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

, enter 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
boldsymbol{
\backslash 
alpha}
\family default 
 in Mathed.
 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
 brace.
 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
\layout Standard

A number of other options are available as well, via 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Mat
\bar under 
h
\bar default 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Font\SpecialChar ~
Change
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Math Text Mode
\layout Standard

Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
 by typing 
\family sans 
M-m m
\family default 
 while already in math mode.
 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
 on the screen in black instead of blue.
 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
textrm{}
\family default 
, whereas and 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
mbox
\family default 
 (or AMS-LaTeX's 
\backslash 

\family typewriter 
text
\family default 
) might have been a better choice
\end_inset 

, but it works for simple text.
 Here's an example:
\begin_inset Formula \[
f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
-x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]

\end_inset 


\layout Subsection

Font Sizes
\layout Standard

There are four (relative) font sizes (or 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

styles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
 These are called 
\emph on 
textstyle
\emph default 
, 
\emph on 
displaystyle
\emph default 
, 
\emph on 
scriptstyle
\emph default 
, and 
\emph on 
scriptscriptstyle
\emph default 
.
 For most characters, 
\emph on 
textstyle
\emph default 
 and 
\emph on 
displaystyle
\emph default 
 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in 
\emph on 
displaystyle
\emph default 
.
 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
 is appropriate.
 These choices can be over-ridden by using the 
\family typewriter 
math-size
\family default 
 function in the minibuffer.
 For example, you can set 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset 

 normally (
\emph on 
textstyle
\emph default 
), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
 
\family typewriter 
math-size displaystyle
\family default 
 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
 
\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset 

.
 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
 
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset 

! This reflects a LaTeX 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

unintended feature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

That is, a bug.
\end_inset 

, not a LyX one.
 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
 Here are some text in the various styles: 
\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
 will be adjusted.
 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
 will be adjusted to correspond.
 
\layout Standard


\family roman 
\size largest 
Here is a paragraph in 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 font, with symbols: 
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
 as well.
\layout Section

AMS-LaTeX
\layout Standard

The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
 in common use.
 LyX includes some support for these packages.
\layout Subsection

Enabling AMS-Support
\layout Standard

In the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog there is a checkbox, 
\family sans 
Use\SpecialChar ~
AMS\SpecialChar ~
Math
\family default 
.
 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
 the facilities available.
\layout Subsection

AMS-Symbols
\layout Standard

The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

blackboard bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
 own.
 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
\layout Subsection

AMS-Formula Types
\layout Standard

AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
 LyX allows you to choose between 
\family typewriter 
align
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
alignat
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
flalign
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
gather
\family default 
, and 
\family typewriter 
multline
\family default 
.
 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
tion for the differences between these formula
 types.
\layout Chapter

More Tools
\layout Section

Cross-References
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
 This is a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
.
 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
 The other half is the 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 proper, and it looks like this: 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

.
 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
 text in it.
 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
 case, the number of this section.
 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}

\end_inset 

.
 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
 your document.
 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
 a 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
.
\layout Standard

To insert a label, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
L
\bar default 
abel
\family default 
.
 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
\layout Standard

To insert a reference, select 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator
C
\bar default 
ross\SpecialChar ~
Reference
\family default 
.
 The 
\family sans 
Insert\SpecialChar ~
Cross-Reference
\family default 
 dialog appears with a list of labels.
 Selecting a list item, then clicking 
\family sans 
OK
\family default 
 inserts a reference into the text; changing the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
eference type
\family default 
 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
\layout Standard

Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 or 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
, or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
\layout Quote


\family typewriter 
LaTeX Warning:
\family default 
 
\family typewriter 
Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
\newline 
LaTeX Warning:
\family default 
 
\family typewriter 
There were undefined references
\layout Standard

You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
\layout Standard

There are a few more comments we need to make about the 
\family sans 
Labels
\family default 
.
 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
 So --- if you want to put a label on a 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
, but a 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 
\emph on 
into
\emph default 
 the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 environment.
 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
 However, you need to do this if you want to label the 
\family sans 
Chapter
\family default 
 separately from the 
\family sans 
Section
\family default 
.
 The same goes for all other section headings.
\layout Standard

Also, a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 
\emph on 
only
\emph default 
 makes sense in 
\emph on 
numbered
\emph default 
 section headings and table and figure floats.
 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
 you can't really use a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 on it.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed false

\layout Standard

Well, you 
\emph on 
can
\emph default 
, but only if you use the 
\family sans 
Page\SpecialChar ~
number
\family default 
 reference.
 The regular 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
s as page markers, then refer back to them using the 
\family sans 
Page\SpecialChar ~
number
\family default 
 reference.
 Once again, the regular 
\family sans 
Reference
\family default 
 won't work very well.
 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
 of the previous numbered section heading.
\end_inset 

 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}

\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}

\end_inset 

, and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}

\end_inset 

 for details on using a 
\family sans 
Label
\family default 
 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
 
\layout Section

URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
\layout Standard

It is often desirable to include long 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

verbatim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
 properly.
 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
 You can use 
\family sans 
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
U
\bar default 
RL
\family default 
 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
 along automatically determined boundaries.
\layout Standard

At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
ike entity) simply select 
\family sans 
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
U
\bar default 
RL
\family default 
; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
U
\bar default 
rl:
\family default 
 field).
 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}

\end_inset 

.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed false

\layout Standard


\series bold 
Important note
\series default 
: When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
 them with a backslash before, e.g.
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\backslash 
#
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
 it into the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
N
\bar default 
ame
\family default 
 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
 the URL.
 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
 at 
\newline 

\begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}

\end_inset 

.
 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

all things related to LaTeX at CTAN 
\family typewriter 
http://ctan.tug.org
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

[
\emph on 
Author's Note: somebody needs to document the 
\family sans 
\emph default 
\bar under 
H
\bar default 
TML Type
\family default 
\emph on 
 button
\emph default 
]
\layout Section

Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
\begin_inset OptArg
collapsed true

\layout Standard

Short Titles
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
\layout Standard

LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
 that specifies a shorter version of the title
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this: 
\family typewriter 

\backslash 
command[optionalargument]{the content}
\end_inset 

.
 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
 avoiding the problem mentioned.
 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Short\SpecialChar ~
Title
\family default 
.
 This will insert a box (labelled 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

opt
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

, which stands for 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

optional
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) which you can use to enter the short title text.
 This also works for captions inside floats.
\layout Standard

The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\layout Section

Previewing snippets of your document
\layout Standard

LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
 to break your train of thought with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
V
\bar default 
iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
D
\bar default 
VI
\family default 
.
 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
 necessary software (see below) and select the 
\family sans 
Instant 
\bar under 
p
\bar default 
review
\family default 
 check box in the
\family sans 
 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
 dialog.
 (It can be found in the 
\family sans 
Look\SpecialChar ~
and\SpecialChar ~
feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Graphics
\family default 
 pane in the Qt frontend and the 
\family sans 
Look\SpecialChar ~
&\SpecialChar ~
Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Misc
\family default 
 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
 Previews of an already loaded document are 
\emph on 
not
\emph default 
 generated just by selecting the 
\family sans 
Instant 
\bar under 
p
\bar default 
review
\family default 
 check box.
\layout Standard

LyX will generate previews of math insets.
 It will also generate previews of include insets if you select the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
how\SpecialChar ~
preview
\family default 
 check box in the inset's dialog.
 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
 for example.
 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
\layout Standard

To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at 
\newline 

\family typewriter 
CTAN/support/preview-latex/
\family default 
.
 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools: 
\family typewriter 
latex
\family default 
, 
\family typewriter 
dvips
\family default 
 and 
\family typewriter 
gs
\family default 
.Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install 
\family typewriter 
pnmcrop
\family default 
from the 
\family typewriter 
netpbm
\family default 
 package.
\layout Section

Spacing, pagination and line breaks
\layout Subsection

Extra Horizontal Space
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
 An 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
 space between the left and right margins.
 If there is more than one 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
 
\layout Standard

Note: if an 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 is at the beginning of a line, and it's 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
 This prevents 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
\layout Standard


\family sans 
HFill
\family roman 
s
\family default 
 can be inserted with
\family sans 
 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
H
\bar default 
orizontal\SpecialChar ~
Fill
\family default 
.
 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
\layout Quote
\noindent 
This is on the left side 
\hfill 
This is on the right
\layout Quote
\noindent 
Left
\hfill 
Middle
\hfill 
Right
\layout Quote
\noindent 
Left
\hfill 
1/3 Left
\hfill 

\hfill 
Right
\layout Standard

That was an example in the 
\family sans 
Quote
\family default 
 environment.
 Here:
\hfill 
:is one in a standard paragraph.
 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it 
\emph on 
is
\emph default 
 sitting in-between the two 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

Remember that we said that an 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
 than one set of margins on a line.
 Here's an example with the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment.
\layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMMMMMM

one
\hfill 
two :three
\hfill 
four
\hfill 
five
\hfill 
six
\layout Standard

The 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 marks the beginning of the item.
 (There is actually a 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

hidden
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
 inside of the label of the 
\family sans 
List
\family default 
 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s work similarly in other 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

multi-margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 situations, like two-column mode.
\layout Subsection

Extra Vertical Space
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 to open the 
\family sans 
Paragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog.
\layout Standard

We will not provide an example of a 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
, as it would waste paper.
 They work the same as any other type of filler, including 
\family sans 
HFill
\family default 
s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
 If there are several 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
 You can therefore use 
\family sans 
VFill
\family default 
s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
 and so on.
\layout Standard

Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
 only added if you have also checked the option 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
K
\bar default 
eep\SpecialChar ~
space
\family default 
.
\layout Subsection

Changing Paragraph Alignment
\layout Standard

You can also change the paragraph alignment with the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog.
 There are four possibilities: 
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
J
\bar default 
ustified
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
L
\bar default 
eft
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
R
\bar default 
ight
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
C
\bar default 
enter
\layout Standard

The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
 the left and right margins.
 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
\layout Standard
\align right 
This paragraph is right aligned,
\layout Standard
\align center 
this one is centered,
\layout Standard
\align left 
this one is left aligned.
\layout Standard

In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
 alignment.
 
\layout Subsection

Forcing Page Breaks
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
 In general, this will 
\emph on 
not 
\emph default 
be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
 in section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}

\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
 recommend not using it until the text is
\emph on 
 
\emph default 
finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you 
\emph on 
really 
\emph default 
have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
 a paragraph in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
aragraph\SpecialChar ~
Settings
\family default 
 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
 paragraph.
\layout Standard

You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
 at the top of a page.
 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
 See sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}

\end_inset 

 and read about 
\family sans 
Floats
\family default 
 to learn more.
\layout Subsection

Protected blanks
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The protected blank: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
 line at that point.
 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in: 
\layout Quote

A good documentation should weight no more than 1
\newline 
kg.
 
\layout Standard

Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected blank between 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

kg
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
 A protected blank is set with 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Protected
\bar under 
\SpecialChar ~
B
\bar default 
lank 
\family default 
or with 
\family sans 
C-Space.
\layout Subsection

Line breaking
\layout Standard

You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting 
\family sans 
\bar under 
I
\bar default 
nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pecial\SpecialChar ~
Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
L
\bar default 
inebreak 
\family default 
or with 
\family sans 
C-Return.

\family default 
 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
 is 
\emph on 
very 
\emph default 
good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 (see section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}

\end_inset 

).
 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
 set a linebreak, e.g.
 in a poem or for an Address (see sections 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}

\end_inset 

, 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}

\end_inset 

 and 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}

\end_inset 

).
\layout Section

Spellchecking
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
 Rather it uses the external 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 program as a backend or the newer and generally better 
\family typewriter 
aspell
\family default 
.
 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
 programs.
 
\layout Standard

The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools
\bar under 
\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\shape up 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker
\family default 
\shape default 
.
 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
 In the 
\family sans 
Spellchecker
\family default 
 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
 could be found.
 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
\layout Subsection

Spellchecker Options
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The following options can be set in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
T
\bar default 
ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
P
\bar default 
references
\family default 
 dialog.
\layout Subsubsection

Dictionary
\layout Standard

By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
 the text you're checking, which is set in the
\family sans 
\shape up 
 
\shape default 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
 will not work.
 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
 specifying a different 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

alternative language
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Standard

If you're using 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
, you may need to make a link from say 
\family typewriter 
deutsch.(aff|hash)
\family default 
 to 
\family typewriter 
german.(aff|hash)
\family default 
 or whatever applies for your language.
 This is because these 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 files normally have the native language name (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

deutsch
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

) whereas 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
, when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
 with the LaTeX babel package (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

german
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

).
\layout Standard

You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
 If you use a language with 
\family typewriter 
latin1
\family default 
 encoding and set the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 option in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog to 
\family sans 
latin1
\family default 
 (or other than 
\family sans 
default
\family default 
), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
 If your dictionary doesn't support the 
\family sans 
Encoding
\family default 
 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
\layout Standard


\family typewriter 
ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
\layout Standard

The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
 
\layout Standard

There are four solutions to this problem.
 The easiest is to try the 
\family sans 
Use\SpecialChar ~
Input\SpecialChar ~
Encoding
\family default 
 option.
 If that does not help, you can set 
\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
ncoding
\family default 
 to 
\family sans 
default
\family default 
 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
 The third is to add the 
\family typewriter 
latin1
\family default 
 option to your dictionary 
\family typewriter 
\emph on 
<
\family default 
language
\family typewriter 
>
\emph default 
.aff
\family default 
 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
 of the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 sources).
 Read the 
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
 and ask him to solve your problem.
\layout Subsubsection

Personal dictionary
\layout Standard

If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
 message on stderr which you can ignore (
\family typewriter 
ispell
\family default 
 will create the file at the end of your spell checking).
\layout Subsubsection

Further Options 
\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
S
\bar default 
pellchecker\SpecialChar ~
Options
\family default 
 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
A
\bar default 
ccept compound words
\family default 

\newline 
Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
\newline 

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

passthrough
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

.
\layout Itemize


\family sans 
\bar under 
E
\bar default 
scape characters
\family default 

\newline 
Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
 words, e.g.
 German umlauts.
 This should not normally be needed.
\layout Subsection

Limitations
\layout Standard

Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
 for each occurrence of the word.
 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
\layout Standard

Unless you're using the 
\family typewriter 
pspell
\family default 
 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
 languages.
 This, does, however, work with 
\family typewriter 
pspell
\family default 
, assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
\layout Section

International Support
\layout Standard

This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
 paper size and the spell checker set to U.S.
 English.
 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
 default configuration.
\layout Standard

If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
 Refer to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}

\end_inset 

 for more information.
\layout Standard

If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
 Refer to 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}

\end_inset 

 for details.
 
\layout Standard

Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
 one to support the characters you want.
 
\layout Standard

The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are 
\emph on 
way
\emph default 
 beyond the scope of this manual.
 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
 to your native tongue, please see the 
\emph on 
Customization
\emph default 
 manual for details.
\layout Subsection

Language Options
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog lets you set 
\family roman 
the language and character encoding for your language.
 
\layout Standard

Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
\family roman 
he 
\family sans 
Language
\family roman 
 
\family default 
combo
\family roman 
box 
\family default 
of the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog.
 The default is U.S.
 English.
 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
 The language name appears in the window.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
 for it.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The 
\family sans 
Enco
\bar under 
d
\bar default 
ing
\family default 
 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
 The default is the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
 European languages.
\layout Subsection

Keyboard mapping configuration
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
 which one you want to use.
\layout Subsection

Character Tables
\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}

\end_inset 


\layout Standard

Table\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}

\end_inset 

 shows the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 character set.
 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
 from the keyboard.
\layout Standard

There are a few things you need to know about this table.
 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
s.
 That ain't the default.
 Nowhere near, in fact.
 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
 from the 
\family typewriter 
Latin1
\family default 
 character set:
\layout Itemize

The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
 just plain missing in the default encodings.
 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
\layout Itemize

Even if you've selected 
\family sans 
latin1
\family default 
 in the 
\family sans 
\bar under 
D
\bar default 
ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator

\bar under 
S
\bar default 
ettings
\family default 
 dialog, users who have only the 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
-fonts for LaTeX [or who have the 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
-fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
 french quotes won't show up.
\layout Itemize

Users of 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
-fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
 include the either the package 
\family typewriter 
umlaute.sty
\family default 
 or 
\family typewriter 
german.sty
\family default 
 in their documents.
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
 The automatic quote feature described in Section 
\begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}

\end_inset 

, will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
 packages.
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed false

\layout Standard

The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

T1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 doesn't know them.
 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package 
\series bold 
textcomp
\series default 
 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
\layout Standard


\series bold 

\backslash 
usepackage{textcomp}
\layout Standard

The package 
\series bold 
textcomp
\series default 
 is available on every LaTeX system.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard


\begin_inset Float table
wide false
collapsed false

\layout Caption


\begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}

\end_inset 

The 
\family typewriter 
latin1
\family default 
 character set
\layout Standard
\align center 

\begin_inset  Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
<features>
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
00
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
10
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
20
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
30
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
40
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
50
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
60
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
70
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
80
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
90
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
A0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
B0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
C0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
D0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
E0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
F0
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
00
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
@
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
P
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
'
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
p
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
°
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
À
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ð
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
à
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ð
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
01
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
!
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
1
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
A
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Q
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
a
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
q
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¡
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
±
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Á
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ñ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
á
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ñ
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
02
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
2
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
B
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
R
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
b
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
r
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
textcent
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed true

\layout Standard

character ¢ 
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
²
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Â
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ò
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
â
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ò
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
03
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
#
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
3
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
C
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
S
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
c
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
s
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
£
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
³
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ã
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ó
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ã
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ó
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
04
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
$
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
4
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
D
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
T
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
d
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
t
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
textcurrency
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed true

\layout Standard

character ¤ 
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
´
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ä
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ô
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ä
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ô
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
05
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
%
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
5
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
E
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
U
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
e
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
u
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
textyen
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed true

\layout Standard

character ¥ 
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
µ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Å
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Õ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
å
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
õ
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
06
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
&
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
6
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
F
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
V
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
f
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
v
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
textbrokenbar
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed true

\layout Standard

character ¦ 
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¶
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Æ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ö
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
æ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ö
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
07
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
`
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
7
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
G
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
W
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
g
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
w
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
§
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
·
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ç
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
×
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ç
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
÷
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
08
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
(
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
8
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
H
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
X
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
h
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
x
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¨
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¸
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
È
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ø
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
è
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ø
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
09
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
)
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
9
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
I
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Y
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
i
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
y
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
©
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¹
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
É
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ù
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
é
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ù
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0A
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
*
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
:
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
J
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Z
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
j
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
z
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ª
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
º
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ê
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ú
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ê
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ú
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0B
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
+
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
;
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
K
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
[
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
k
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
{
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
«
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
»
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ë
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Û
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ë
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
û
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0C
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
,
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
<
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
L
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none

\backslash 

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
l
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
|
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¬
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¼
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ì
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ü
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ì
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ü
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0D
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
-
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
=
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
M
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
]
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
m
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
}
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
textendash
\end_inset 


\begin_inset Note
collapsed true

\layout Standard

character ­ 
\end_inset 


\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
½
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Í
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ý
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
í
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ý
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0E
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
.
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
>
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
N
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
^
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
n
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
~
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
®
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¾
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Î
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Þ
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
î
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
þ
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
<row topline="true" bottomline="true">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\size tiny 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
0F
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
/
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
?
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
O
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
_
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
o
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard

\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¯
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
¿
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
Ï
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ß
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ï
\end_inset 
</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text

\layout Standard


\family roman 
\series medium 
\shape up 
\emph off 
\bar no 
\noun off 
\color none
ÿ
\end_inset 
</cell>
</row>
</lyxtabular>

\end_inset 


\end_inset 


\layout Standard

The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
 directly.
 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
 also the characters from 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--2
\family default 
 through 
\family typewriter 
4
\family default 
.
 
\layout Itemize

From 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--1
\family default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
\hfill 
diaeresis
\layout Standard

^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
\hfill 
circumflex
\layout Standard

` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
\hfill 
grave
\layout Standard

´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
\hfill 
acute
\layout Standard

~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
\hfill 
tilde
\layout Standard

¸Çç
\hfill 
cedilla
\layout Standard

¯
\hfill 
macron
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
 this instead.
 For example, S-M-minus, or if 
\family typewriter 
\shape up 
.Xmodmap
\family default 
\shape default 
 is correct, S-M-macron.
\end_inset 


\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

From 
\family typewriter 
ISO8859--2
\family default 
 through 
\family typewriter 
4
\family default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Standard

\i \^{H}
\i \^{J}
\i \^{h}
\i \^{\j}
\i \^{C}
\i \^{G}
\i \^{S}
\i \^{c}
\i \^{g}
\i \^{s}

\hfill 
circumflex
\layout Standard

\i \'{S}
\i \'{Z}
\i \'{s}
\i \'{z}
\i \'{R}
\i \'{L}
\i \'{C}
\i \'{N}
\i \'{r}
\i \'{l}
\i \'{c}
\i \'{n}

\hfill 
acute
\layout Standard

\i \~{I}
\i \~{\i}
\i \~{U}
\i \~{u}

\hfill 
tilde
\layout Standard

\i \c{S}
\i \c{s}
\i \c{T}
\i \c{t}
\i \c{R}
\i \c{L}
\i \c{G}
\i \c{r}
\i \c{l}
\i \c{g}
\i \c{N}
\i \c{K}
\i \c{n}
\i \c{k}

\hfill 
cedilla
\begin_inset Foot
collapsed true

\layout Standard

These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
\end_inset 


\layout Standard

\i \={E}
\i \={e}
\i \={A}
\i \={I}
\i \={O}
\i \={U}
\i \={a}
\i \={\i}
\i \={o}
\i \={u}

\hfill 
macron
\layout Standard

\i \H{O}
\i \H{U}
\i \H{o}
\i \H{u}

\hfill 
hungarian umlaut
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
 Also make sure you're using the 
\family typewriter 
T1
\family default 
 font-encoding and have the package 
\family typewriter 
umlaute.sty
\family default 
 with the definition file 
\family typewriter 
iso.def
\family default 
 installed.
\layout Chapter

Credits
\layout Standard

The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
\layout Standard

First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
 to provide information:
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default 
 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
 as the introduction to this manual [or the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LyX Manifesto,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 as some of us call it].
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Lars Gullik Bjønnes
\noun default 
 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
 support in LyX.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Ivan Schreter
\noun default 
 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
nal keyboard maps and customization.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Pascal André
\noun default 
 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
\noun default 
 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
 in 
\family typewriter 
Reference.lyx
\layout Itemize

Special thanks to the LyX Team\SpecialChar ~

\begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}

\end_inset 

 for help and answers to questions.
\layout Standard

Next, it's time to give credit to the 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 

LyX Documentation Team,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
 it had after LyX version 0.10:
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
David Johnson
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Contributor to the FAQ and the old 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
HowDoI-.lyx
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [now defunct].
\layout Itemize

General editing assistance.
\layout Itemize

Documentation of: 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

math mode 
\layout Itemize

tables
\layout Itemize

spellchecking
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Rich Fields
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Primary contributor to 
\family typewriter 
Reference.lyx
\layout Itemize

Documentation of the basic LyX interface in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Paul Evans
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old 
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset 


\family typewriter 
HowDoI-.lyx
\family default 

\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset 

 [now defunct].
\layout Itemize

Documentation of LinuxDoc in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Paul Russel:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of figures and imported graphics in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
John Raithel
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of internationalization features in 
\family typewriter 
UserGuide.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Robin Socha:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

footnotes
\layout Itemize

margin notes
\layout Itemize

table of contents
\layout Itemize

cross-references
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Amir Karger
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Primary contributor to 
\family typewriter 
Tutorial.lyx
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
Matthias Zenker:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Documentation of 
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

manual fine-tuning 
\layout Itemize

using LaTeX from within LyX
\end_deeper 
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize


\noun on 
John Weiss
\noun default 
:
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

General organization and format of the documents.
\layout Itemize

Documentation of :
\begin_deeper 
\layout Itemize

LyX setup
\layout Itemize

paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
\end_deeper 
\layout Itemize

Also responsible for Introduction in 
\family typewriter 
Tutorial.lyx
\layout Itemize

Editor of the documents.
 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
\end_deeper 
\layout Standard

After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
 documentation.
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {lyxcredit}

The LyX Team: 
\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard

\backslash 
href{http://www.lyx.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs.cgi/*checkout*/lyx-devel/lib/CREDITS?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/plain}{
\end_inset 


\emph on 
CREDITS
\emph default 

\begin_inset ERT
status Collapsed

\layout Standard
}
\end_inset 


\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexbook}

Leslie Lamport: 
\emph on 
LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
 
\emph default 
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexcompanion}

Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin: 
\emph on 
The LaTeX Companion.
 
\emph default 
Addison-Wesley, 1994
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {latexguide}

Kopka and Daly: 
\emph on 
A Guide to LaTeX2e
\layout Bibliography
\bibitem {texbook}

Donald E.
 Knuth.
 
\emph on 
The TeXbook
\the_end